HomeMy WebLinkAboutBid Details Vol 1 - SpecsContract Documents Page 1
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
CITY OF RENTON
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Table of Contents
VOLUME I
I. CALL FOR BIDS
II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS
1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS
2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON
3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON
Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL
1. *PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET
2. *PROPOSAL
3. *SCHEDULE OF PRICES
4. *NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION
5. *LOCAL AGENCY SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
6. *PROPOSAL FOR INCORPORATING RECYCLED MATERIALS INTO THE PROJECT
7. *CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION, WAGE LAW COMPLIANCE – RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA,
WASHINGTON STATE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS
8. *PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
9. *PROPOSAL BID BOND
IV. AGREEMENT FORMS
1. AGREEMENT
2. CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
3. FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION
* Submit as part of the bid.
Submit within 10 days after Notice of Award.
V. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
VI. APPENDICES
APPENDIX A – Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates
APPENDIX B - City of Renton Standard Plans
APPENDIX C - WSDOT Standard Plans
APPENDIX D – Vehicular Bollard Plans
VOLUME II – PLANS
Contract Documents Page 2
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
I. CALL FOR BIDS
Contract Documents Page 2
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
I. CALL FOR BIDS
CITY OF RENTON
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
TIB # C‐P‐102(001)‐1
Project No. CAG‐21‐003
CALL FOR BIDS
Sealed bids will be received until 1:00 p.m., Tuesday, May 25, 2021, at the lobby of Renton City Hall, 1055 South
Grady Way, Renton WA, 98057. Sealed bids will be opened and publicly read via the Zoom application video‐
conferencing web application at 2:00 p.m., Thursday, May 27, 2021. Any bids received after the published bid
submittal time cannot be considered and will not be accepted.
The bid opening meeting can be accessed via videoconference by:
Clicking this link to join the zoom meeting:
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81143580320?pwd=U3FRellnYnY3RVdDOFkxQmorOVRuUT09
Using the Zoom app: Meeting ID: 811 4358 0320; Passcode: 980162
Via telephone by dialing 253‐215‐8782, followed by 81143580320; Password: 980162
Zoom is free to use and is available at https://zoom.us/
Approved Plans, Specifications, Addenda, and Plan Holders List for this project are available on‐line through Builders
Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwa.com; Posted Projects; Public Works; City of
Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email
notification of future Addenda and to be placed on the Bidders List), contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425‐
258‐1303 should you require further assistance. Project Manager is Keith Woolley, 425‐430‐7318.
All Bid Proposals shall be accompanied by a Bid Proposal deposit (certified check or Surety bond) in an amount equal
to five percent (5%) of the amount of such Bid Proposal. Should the successful Bidder fail to enter into such Contract
and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the Specifications, the Bid Proposal deposit shall
be forfeited to the City of Renton.
The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C.2000d to 2000d‐
4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part
21, nondiscrimination in Federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such
Act, hereby notifies all Bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any Contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to
submit Bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color,
national origin, or sex in consideration for an Award.
The improvement for which Bids will be received is described below:
The work includes improvements to two downtown intersections including but is not limited to: pavement removal;
installation of new illumination system, storm drainage, water main; construction of raised asphalt intersection with
curb, gutter, sidewalks, planters, and urban design amenities; channelization and signing; and all other Work necessary
to complete the Work as specified and shown in the Contract Provisions.
_________________________________________
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
Published:
Daily Journal of Commerce: May 3, 2021; May 10, 2021; May 17, 2021
Renton Reporter (online): May 3, 2021; May 10, 2021; May 17, 2021
Contract Documents Page 4
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS
Contract Documents Page 5
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS
The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids:
1. Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and all
applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this project
are repeated here for emphasis:
a. Wages. The State Prevailing Wages in effect at time of Advertisement are provided in
Appendix A. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to obtain wage information for any work
classifications that are not included.
b. Traffic Control and Hours of Work. This project is in a busy, congested area. Traffic Control
and the safety of the traveling public will be paramount. The Contractor will be required to
keep a minimum 1 lane open to traffic during the day. Night work may be required to meet
the construction schedule; at night, additional lane closures will be permitted.
2. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall
request the explanation or interpretation in writing by the close of business five (5) business days
preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the
submission of their Bids. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given by anyone
before the Award of Contract will not be binding on the City of Renton.
3. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, the bidder may either:
• Submit questions in writing to Renton City Hall – Transportation Systems, 1055 S Grady
Way, Renton, WA 98057, Attn: Keith Woolley, or
• Submit questions via e-mail to: kwoolley@Rentonwa.gov. Put “Houser Way Intersection
and Pedestrian Improvements Project” in the subject line
No other type of inquiry will be accepted.
4. All bids must be self-explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be
offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular
points. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City of Renton as to their
financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work.
5. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible,
responsive bidder. The total bid amount of all schedules combined will be used to determine
the low bidder.
6. The City of Renton reserves the right to reject any and all bids or waive any and/or all
informalities.
7. Payment for this work will be made in cash warrants.
8. Bidders are not required to be in possession of a current City of Renton business license in order
to bid on City projects. However, Contractors and all subcontractors of all tiers must be in
possession of a current City business license while conducting work in the City.
Contract Documents Page 6
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9. Bidding Checklist
Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and address of
the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the
responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the Table of
Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are missing, it is the
sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents
prior to the date and time bids are due.
The following documents shall be submitted with the bid.
a. Project Proposal Cover Sheet – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted.
b. Proposal – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be
accepted.
c. Schedule of Prices – The form(s) included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute
will be accepted. Bidders must bid on all schedules and items shown on the Schedule of
Prices. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that bid item,
regardless of what has been placed in the extension column.
d. Non-Collusion Declaration – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted.
e. Local Agency Subcontractor List – This form is available at
https://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, print and complete the
form to include with Bid. The DOT form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the
form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non-
responsive and the Bid will be rejected.
f. Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project - The form included in these
Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted.
g. Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance – Responsibility Criteria, Washington State
Public Works Contracts – This form is available at
https://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, complete, print, and sign
the form to include with Bid. The DOT form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match
the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and
non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected.
h. Proposal Signature Page - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted. Evidence of signatory’s authority to sign the Proposal on behalf
of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be
considered irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected.
i. Proposal Bid Bond – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute
will be accepted. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such
execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance
with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary
corporate seals, signatures, and notaries.
Contract Documents Page 7
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
10. Contract Checklist
The following forms are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is awarded.
a. Agreement – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be
accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder.
b. Contract Bond – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will
be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder and its surety company.
This bond covers successful completion of all work and payment of all laborers,
subcontractors, suppliers, etc. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power of attorney
authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the
Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and
include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries.
c. Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance - The form included in these Bid Documents must
be used; no substitute will be accepted.
d. Certificates of Insurance – To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the Owner,
on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special Provisions.
The City of Renton shall be named as “Additional Insureds” on the insurance policies as well as
the entities listed in Section 1-07.18(2) of the Special Provisions.
Contract Documents Page 8
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Contract Documents Page 9
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Contract Documents Page 10
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
III. PROJECT PROPOSAL
Project: Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
TIB Number: C-P-102(001)-1
City Contract Number: CAG-21-003
Company:
Address:
Phone Number:
Fax Number:
Total Bid Amount: $_____________________________________________
Contract Documents Page 11
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
PROPOSAL
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project TO THE CITY OF RENTON
RENTON, WASHINGTON
Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction
details of the proposed work and has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents
governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which payment will be made for
said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work detailed in and in accordance
with these Contract Documents, for the Total Bid Amount shown on the attached Schedule of prices.
The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to
increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either increased or
decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents.
As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of
(check one) bid bond, or cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or postal money
order (made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price,
is attached hereto.
If a bid bond is signed by an attorney-in-fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing such
execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the
Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals,
signatures, and notaries.
Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 45 calendar days after the
opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications.
Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with his or
her Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10) days from the date at which he or she is
notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be forfeited to the City of
Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352.
Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 80 working days. Contract
time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date.
Item
No.
Spec.
Section Description Quantity Unit Unit Price*Amount
A-1 1-04 Minor Change 1 EST 25,000.00$ 25,000.00$
A-2 1-05 Roadway Surveying 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-3 1-05 Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $1,000)1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-4 1-07 SPCC Plan 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-5 1-09 Mobilization 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-6 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic Control 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-7 1-10 Traffic Control Supervisor 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-8 2-02 Removal of Structure and Obstruction 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-9 2-03 Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul 740 CY $$
A-10 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base Course 610 TON $$
A-11 5-04 HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64-22 520 TON $$
A-12 5-04 Temporary Pavement 70 TON $$
A-13 7-05 Adjust Cleanout to Grade 1 EA $$
A-14 7-05 Adjust Sewer Manhole 1 EA $$
A-15 8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-16 8-02 Protection of Private Property and Tree Protection 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-17 8-02 Property Restoration 1 EST 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$
A-18 8-02 Topsoil Type A 16 CY $$
A-19 8-02 Bark or Wood Chip Mulch 2 CY $$
A-20 8-02 PS Amelanchier laevis 'JFS-ARB'/ Spring Flurry Serviceberry;
1 3/4" cal., 10'-12' ht.2 EA $$
Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in
dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with
illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total
amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS
Contract Documents
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Page 12
April 2021
Item
No.
Spec.
Section Description Quantity Unit Unit Price*Amount
Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in
dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with
illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total
amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS
A-21 8-02 PS Fothergilla gardenii 'Blue Mist'/ Blue Mist Dwarf
Fothergilla; 2 Gal. Cont.2 EA $$
A-22 8-02 PS Hebe anomala 'Purpurea Nana'/ Dwarf Hebe 18 EA $$
A-23 8-02 PS Berberis thunbergii 'Admiration'/ Admiration Barberry; 2
Gal. Cont.4 EA $$
A-24 8-02 PS Weigela florida 'Elvira'/ Midnight Wine Weigela; 2 Gal.
Cont.18 EA $$
A-25 8-02 PS Sesleria Autumnalis/ Autumn Moor Grass; 1 Gal. Cont.54 EA $$
A-26 8-02 PS Erica carnea 'Myretoun Ruby'/ Myretoun Ruby Winter
Heath; 1 Gal. Cont.30 EA $$
A-27 8-02 Plant Establishment - 1 Year 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-28 8-04 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter 230 LF $$
A-29 8-04 Cement Conc. Valley Curb 480 LF $$
A-30 8-04 Extruded Curb 100 LF $$
A-31 8-14 Thickened Edge Sidewalk 480 LF $$
A-32 8-14 Cement Conc. Sidewalk 710 SY $$
A-33 8-14 Detectable Warning Surface 210 SF $$
A-34 8-19 Adjust Utility Vault to Grade 3 EA $$
A-35 8-20 Illumination System, Complete 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-36 8-21 Permanent Signing 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-37 8-22 Remove Existing Pavement Markings 1 LS LUMP SUM $
A-38 8-22 Plastic Stop Line 70 LF $$
A-39 8-22 Plastic Crosswalk Line 490 SF $$
A-40 8-22 Plastic Line 390 LF $$
A-41 8-23 Temporary Pavement Marking 550 LF $$
Contract Documents
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Page 13
April 2021
Item
No.
Spec.
Section Description Quantity Unit Unit Price*Amount
Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in
dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with
illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total
amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS
A-42 8-27 Waste Receptacle 4 EA $$
A-43 8-28 Landscape Strip Fencing 160 LF $$
A-44 8-30 Bench 4 EA $$
A-45 8-31 Bike Rack 4 EA $$
A-46 8-32 Vehicular Bollard 24 EA $$
A-47 8-35 Resolution of Utility Conflicts 1 EST 20,000.00$ 20,000.00$
A-48 8-35 Utility Potholing 20 EA $$
$ _______________________
* All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid price per Section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171.
Total Bid Amount, Schedule A*
Contract Documents
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Page 14
April 2021
Item
No.
Spec.
Section Description Quantity Unit Unit Price*Amount
B-1 7-08 Shoring or Extra Excavation Trench 1 LS LUMP SUM $
B-2 7-09 Remove or Abandon Existing Water System 1 LS LUMP SUM $
B-3 7-09 Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation
Material 50 CY $$
B-4 7-09 Furnish and Install 12 In. Diam. Ductile Iron Pipe for Water
Main & Fittings 190 LF $$
B-5 7-09 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill 190 TON $$
B-6 7-09 Connection to Existing Water Main 2 EA $$
B-7 7-09 Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Anchor Blocks 5 CY $$
B-8 7-12 Furnish and Install 6 In. Gate Valve Assembly 1 EA $$
B-9 7-12 Furnish and Install 12 In. Gate Valve Assembly 1 EA $$
B-10 7-12 Adjust Existing Water Valve Box to Grade (RC)5 EA $$
B-11 7-14 Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly 1 EA $$
B-12 7-15 Furnish and Install 1.5 In. Water Service Connection 2 EA $$
B-13 7-15 Adjust Existing Water Meter Box to Grade 1 EA $$
B-14 7-16 Temporary Water Bypass System, Complete 1 LS LUMP SUM $
$ _______________________
$ _______________________
$ _______________________Total Bid Amount, Schedule B*
Sales Tax (10.0%)
* The Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency retail sales tax on the Schedule B Contract price per Section 1-07.2(2) and
WAC 458-20-170.
Subtotal Bid Amount, Schedule B
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
SCHEDULE B - WATER IMPROVEMENTS
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in
dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with
illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total
amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
Contract Documents
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Page 15
April 2021
Item
No.
Spec.
Section Description Quantity Unit Unit Price*Amount
C-1 7-01 Drain Pipe 4 In. Diam.30 LF $$
C-2 7-04 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam.290 LF $$
C-3 7-04 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Storm 25 TON $$
C-4 7-05 Shallow Concrete Inlet 1 EA $$
C-5 7-05 Catch Basin Type 1 6 EA $$
C-6 7-05 Adjust Storm Drainage Structure 12 EA $$
C-7 7-05 Connection to Drainage Structure 7 EA $$
C-8 7-05 Furnish and Install Rectangular Solid Metal Cover 2 EA $$
C-9 7-05 Furnish and Install Bi-Directional Locking Vaned Grate 1 EA $$
$ _______________________
* All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid price per Section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171.
Summary:
$ _________________________
$ _________________________
$ _________________________
$ ___________________
Note: Determination of low bidder will be based solely on the "Total Bid".
Total Bid (Schedules A + B + C) =
Total Schedule A brought forward =
Total Schedule B brought forward =
Total Schedule C brought forward =
Total Bid Amount, Schedule C*
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
SCHEDULE C - STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of Bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in
dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with
illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total
amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
Contract Documents
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
Page 16
April 2021
Local Agency Subcontractor List
Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended
Failure to list subcontractors with whom the bidder, if awarded the contract, will directly subcontract for
performance of the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106
RCW, and electrical, as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW or naming more than one subcontractor to perform
the same work will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void.
Subcontractor(s) with whom the bidder will directly subcontract that are proposed to perform the work of heating,
ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter
19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name.
To the extent the Project includes one or more categories of work referenced in RCW 39.30.060, and no
subcontractor is listed below to perform such work, the bidder certifies that the work will either (i) be
performed by the bidder itself, or (ii) be performed by a lower tier subcontractor who will not contract directly
with the bidder.
Project Name
To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal
Subcontractor Name
Work to be Performed
Subcontractor Name
Work to be Performed
Subcontractor Name
Work to be Performed
Subcontractor Name
Work to be Performed
Subcontractor Name
Work to be Performed
DOT Form 271-015A EF
Revised 08/2012
SR
* Bidder’s are notified that is the opinion of the enforcement agency that PVC or metal conduit, junction boxes, etc, are
considered electrical equipment and therefore considered part of electrical work, even if the installation is for future use
and no wiring or electrical current is connected during the project.
Local Agency Name
Local Agency Address
APWA-WA Division 1 Committee rev. 1/8/2016
Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project
In compliance with a new law that went into effect January 1, 2016 (SHB1695), the Bidder shall
propose below, the total percent of construction aggregate and concrete materials to be
incorporated into the Project that are recycled materials. Calculated percentages must be within
the amounts allowed in Section 9-03.21(1)E, Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight)
of Recycled Material, of the Standard Specifications.
Proposed total percentage: _____________________________ percent.
Note: Use of recycled materials is highly encouraged within the limits shown above, but does
not constitute a Bidder Preference, and will not affect the determination of award, unless two or
more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, in which case proposed recycling percentages will be used as a tie-breaker, per the APWA GSP in Section 1-03.1 of the Special
Provisions. Regardless, the Bidder’s stated proposed percentages will become a goal the
Contractor should do its best to accomplish. Bidders will be required to report on recycled materials actually incorporated into the Project, in accordance with the APWA GSP in Section
1-06.6 of the Special Provisions.
Bidder:
Signature of Authorized Official:
Date:
Contract Documents Page 21
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
By signing below, Bidder acknowledges receipt and understanding of the following Addenda to the Bid
Documents:
Addendum No.
Date of Receipt
Addendum No.
Date of Receipt
1 3
2 4
NOTE: A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged.
The Bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal, he/she is deemed to have acknowledged
all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein.
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Signature of Authorized Official] * [Business Name]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Printed Name] [Address Line 1]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Title] [Address Line 2]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Date] [Telephone Number]
*NOTE: Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be
submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non-responsive and
the Bid will be rejected.
NOTE: The address and phone number listed will be used for all communications regarding this Proposal.
Type of business entity (e.g. corporation, partnership, etc.):
____________________________________________
State of Incorporation, or State where business entity was formed:
____________________________________________
Contract Documents Page 22
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
WA State Contractor’s Registration # ____________________________________________
UBI # ____________________________________________
Industrial Insurance Account # ____________________________________________
Employment Security Department # ____________________________________________
State Excise Tax Registration # ____________________________________________
DUNS # ____________________________________________
The Surety Company which will furnish the required Contract Bond is:
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Surety] [Address Line 1]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Telephone Number] [Address Line 2]
Contract Documents Page 23
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Bidder]_____________________________________ of
[address] __________________________________________________________ as Principal, and [Surety] _____________________________________________________ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ___________________________ as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton
in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its
sealed proposal for the following public works construction project, to wit:
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to
said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall
furnish contract bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after
said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it
shall remain and be in full force and effect.
IN THE EVENT, the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in
accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a contract bond with Surety or Sureties approved
by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid
Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount
of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352.
This Proposal Bid Bond shall be governed and construed by the State of Washington, and venue shall be
in King County, Washington.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed
this ______ day of ____, 20______.
Contract Documents Page 24
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
PRINCIPAL SURETY
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Principal] [Surety]
By:_______________________________________ By:_________________________________
[Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Printed Name] [Printed Name]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Title] [Title]
_________________________________________ ____________________________________
[Date] [Date]
Name, address, and phone number of ____________________________________
local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: ____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Surety WAOIC # ____________________________________
Surety NAIC # ____________________________________
Contract Documents Page 25
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
IV. AGREEMENT FORMS
Contract Documents Page 26
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project March 2021
AGREEMENT
CONTRACT NO. CAG-21-003
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ________ day of _______________________, 20______
by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington,
hereinafter referred to as "City” and _______________________________________________________,
hereinafter referred to as "Contractor."
WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and
made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Houser Way
Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project in accordance with and as described in the
attached plans and specifications, and the 2021 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation
(WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA)
which are by this reference incorporated herein and made part of hereof and, shall perform any
changes in the work in accord with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor, of any sort
whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing
the work provided for in these Contract Documents except those items mentioned therein to be
furnished by the City.
2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the
Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and
to complete and furnish the same in accord with the attached plans and specifications and the terms
and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached
specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices at the time and in the manner and upon
the conditions provided for in this contract.
The sum total of all progress payments is not to exceed the Total Bid Amount listed in the Schedule
of Prices incorporated into this contract, unless the Total Bid Amount is amended by change order(s)
prepared and executed in accordance with these Contract Documents.
3. The Contractor for himself/herself, and for his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns, does hereby agree to full performance of all covenants required of the Contractor in the
contract.
4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract,
except as provided herein.
5. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney’s and expert witness fees.
Contract Documents Page 27
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project March 2021
6. This Contract is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all
purposes be deemed an original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has executed this instrument, on the day and year first below
written and the Mayor has caused this instrument to be executed by and in the name of the City of Renton
the day and year first above written.
CONTRACTOR CITY OF RENTON
[Signature of Authorized Official] * Armondo Pavone, Mayor
_______________________________________
ATTEST
[Title]
[Business Name] Jason Seth, City Clerk
_______________________________________
[Date]
*NOTE: Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Agreement on behalf of the business
entity shall be submitted.
CONTRACTOR ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES CITY OF RENTON ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES
Transportation Systems Division
Renton City Hall – 5th Floor
1055 South Grady Way
Renton, WA 98057
Contract Documents Page 28
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project March 2021
CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
Bond No. ________________
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] ______________________________ of
[address] ______________________________________________________ as Principal, and [Surety]
_________________________________________ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
the State of ________________________ as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the
State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety,
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in the penal sum of $
____________________________ Total Contract Amount, for the payment of which sum on demand we
bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, successors and assigns, or person
representatives, as the case may be.
This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington.
Dated at _____________, Washington, this ________ day of ____________________, 20______.
Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that:
WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-21-003 providing for construction of the Houser Way
Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the
Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set
forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, by executing this Contract Bond, a combined Performance and Payment
Bond, Surety indemnifies and holds the City, its officers, agents and assigns harmless from all
claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal
injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or
workmanship performed under the Contract AND for such payments for labor, equipment, and
materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and
paying City all expenses that City may incur in making good any default by Principal.
FUTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the conditions that Principal:
• Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by City in the manner and
within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract;
• Faithfully and promptly pay, in accordance with Chapters 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 Revised Code of
Washington (RCW), the sums due all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier
subcontractors, material suppliers, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or
materials for carrying on of such work under the Contract;
• Faithfully and promptly pay all taxes, increases and penalties, if any, incurred on or related to the
Contract under Titles 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and any and all taxes imposed on
the Principle under Title 82 RCW or any other law;
• Receives a written discharge from City, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized representative of
City.
Contract Documents Page 29
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project March 2021
No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work
to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Contract
Bond. Surety, for value received, hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time,
alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work to be performed thereunder and
agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase
the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety
on this Contract Bond and notice to Surety is not required for such increased obligation.
This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and
venue shall be in King County, Washington. Any provision of this Contract Bond conflicting with
statutory or legal requirements shall be deemed deleted and provisions conforming to such
statutory or legal requirements shall be deemed incorporated.
This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the
parties’ duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a
fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the Surety.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
[Principal] [Surety]
[Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official]
[Printed Name] [Printed Name]
[Title] [Title]
[Date] [Date]
Name and address of local office of
Agent and/or Surety Company:
Telephone:
Contract Documents Page 30
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project March 2021
FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION
I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United
States that the following statements are true and correct:
1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the Fair
Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton policy, adopted
by Resolution No. 4085.
2. That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed
to the provisions of this declaration.
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
V. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Special Provisions i Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................... 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK .......................................................................................................................... 3 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS ........................................................................................................... 3 1-01.3 Definitions ............................................................................................................................... 3 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ....................................................................................... 5 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders ...................................................................................................... 5 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications ......................................................................................................... 5 1-02.5 Proposal Forms ....................................................................................................................... 6 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal .......................................................................................................... 6 1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal .................................................................................................. 7 1-02.7 Bid Deposit .............................................................................................................................. 7 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal ............................................................... 7 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals .................................................................................................................. 8 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders....................................................................................................... 9 1-02.15 Pre Award Information ..........................................................................................................12 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT .............................................................................13 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids ............................................................................................................13 1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals ................................................................................................................13 1-03.3 Execution of Contract ............................................................................................................13 1-03.4 Contract Bond .......................................................................................................................14 1-03.7 Judicial Review .....................................................................................................................15 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................................................15 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda ................................................................................................................................15 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK .................................................................................................................15 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes .....................................................15 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work .....................................................................19 1-05.11 Final Inspection .....................................................................................................................20 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing ............................................................................20 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date ................................................................................................20 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date ...................................................................20 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing ...............................................................................................................21 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor .........................................................21 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors .....................................................................................22 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices ....................................................................................................22 1-05.16 Water and Power ..................................................................................................................22 1-05.18 Record Drawings ..................................................................................................................23 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL ...........................................................................................................24 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use ........................................................................................24 1-06.6 Recycled Materials ................................................................................................................25 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ............................................25 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed ............................................................................................................25 1-07.2 State Sales Tax .....................................................................................................................26 1-07.7 Load Limits ............................................................................................................................28 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities ................................................................................................28 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ..................................................................29 1-07.18 Insurance ..............................................................................................................................29 1-07.18(1) General Requirements ..........................................................................................................29 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured .................................................................................................................30 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors ......................................................................................................................30 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage ........................................................................................................31 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits ...........................................................................................................31 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability ................................................................................................31
Special Provisions ii Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability ...............................................................................................................32 1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation ........................................................................................................32 1-07.18(5)K Professional Liability .............................................................................................................32 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety ............................................................................................33 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic ....................................................................................................33 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours ...........................................................................35
1-07.24 Rights of Way ........................................................................................................................35 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS .............................................................................................36 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters ...............................................................................................................37 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference .................................................................................................37 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work .......................................................................................................................37 1-08.3 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................38
1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule ...................................................................................................38 1-08.5 Time for Completion ..............................................................................................................39 1-08.6 Suspension of Work ..............................................................................................................40 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..............................................................................................41 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment ..................................................................41 1-09.2(5) Measurement ........................................................................................................................41
1-09.6 Force Account .......................................................................................................................41 1-09.9 Payments ..............................................................................................................................41 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction ............................................................................................42 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less ......................................................................................................43 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration ..................................................................................................43 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................................................................43
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management..................................................................................................43 1-10.2(1) General .................................................................................................................................43 1-10.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................44 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control .........................................................44 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS ..............................................................45 2-02.1 Description ............................................................................................................................45
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage Structures......................................46 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters ........................................................47 2-02.3(4) Salvage .................................................................................................................................48 2-02.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................48 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ......................................................................48 2-03.1 Description ............................................................................................................................48
2-03.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................48 2-04 HAUL ............................................................................................................................................49 2-04.1 Description ............................................................................................................................49 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT .....................................................................................................................50 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt .....................................................................................................................50 5-04.1 Description ............................................................................................................................50 5-04.2 Materials................................................................................................................................50 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL ........................................................................51 5-04.2(1)A Vacant ...................................................................................................................................51 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval .............................................................................51 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes .....................................................................................52 5-04.3 Construction Requirements ..................................................................................................52 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations ..............................................................................................................52 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic .............................................................................................................53 5-04.3(3) Equipment .............................................................................................................................53 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant ..........................................................................................................................53 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment ................................................................................................................54 5-04.3(3)C Pavers ...................................................................................................................................54 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle ..........................................................55 5-04.3(3)E Rollers ...................................................................................................................................56
Special Provisions iii Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces ...............................................................................56 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing ........................................................................................................................57 5-04.3(4)A1 General .................................................................................................................................57 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving .....................................................................................58 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved ..................................................................................58 5-04.3(4)B Vacant ...................................................................................................................................58
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair ..................................................................................................................58 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP.........................................................................59 5-04.3(5)A Vacant ...................................................................................................................................59 5-04.3(6) Mixing ....................................................................................................................................59 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing .......................................................................................................59 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA ..........................................................60
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance ......................................................................................................60 5-04.3(9)A Vacant ...................................................................................................................................61 5-04.3(9)B Vacant ...................................................................................................................................61 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation ...................................................................61 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots ...........................................................61 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling ..........................................................................62
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing ......................................................62 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors...................................................................62 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant ...................................................................................................................................63 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments .........................................................63 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Retests ..........................................................................63 5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation .....................................................................63
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance ..............................................................................................64 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements .....................................................65 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density .......................................................................................65 5-04.3(10)C Vacant ...................................................................................................................................66 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction ...........................................................................................66 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots ............................................................66
5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing ......................................66 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments ..........................................................66 5-04.3(11) Reject Work ...........................................................................................................................67 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General .............................................................................................................67 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor ........................................................................................................67 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)..............................................................67
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot ...................................................................................................67 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot ..................................................................................................68 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress ................................................................................................68 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) ...............................................................68 5-04.3(12) Joints .....................................................................................................................................68 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints ............................................................................................................................68 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints ..................................................................................................................68 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints ................................................................................................................69 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals .....................................................................................................69 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal ..........................................................................................................69 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal .........................................................................................................69 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness .............................................................................................................69 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement ................................................................................70 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check ......................................................................................71 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic .........................................................................................71 5-04.3(14)B1 General .................................................................................................................................71 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan .................................................................72 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing ....................................................................................73 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces .................................................................................................74 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches .........................................................................................................74
Special Provisions iv Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
5-04.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................74 5-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................75 5-04.3(21) Temporary Pavement ............................................................................................................77 5-04.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................78 5-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................78 6-07 PAINTING .....................................................................................................................................79
6-07.1 Description ............................................................................................................................79 6-07.2 Materials................................................................................................................................79 6-07.2(1) Materials for Decorative Luminaire Poles and Luminaires ...................................................81 6-07.2(2) Materials for Landscape Strip Fencing .................................................................................82 6-07.3 Construction Requirements ..................................................................................................82 6-07.3(1)C Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................82
6-07.3(10)H Paint System .........................................................................................................................83 6-07.3(10)I Paint Color ...........................................................................................................................84 6-07.3(14) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces .............................................................................................84 6-07.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................84 7-01 DRAINS .......................................................................................................................................85 7-01.2 Materials................................................................................................................................85
7-01.3 Construction Requirements ..................................................................................................85 7-01.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................85 7-04 STORM SEWERS .........................................................................................................................86 7-04.2 Materials................................................................................................................................86 7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing ............................................................................................................87 7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections .......................................................................................................88
7-04.3(4) Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe ...................................................................88 7-04.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................88 7-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................89 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS ......................................................89 7-05.3 Construction Requirements ..................................................................................................89 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade ..................................................................89
7-05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes .................................................................................................91 7-05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes ..................................................................................91 7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Catch Basins ..................................................................................91 7-05.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................92 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................92 7-08.3 Construction Requirements ..................................................................................................92
7-08.3(1)A Trenches ...............................................................................................................................92 7-08.3(1)B Shoring ..................................................................................................................................93 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe ...................................................................................................................94 7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation ....................................................................................................................94 7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade .........................................................................................................94 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General ..........................................................................................................95 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints .......................................................................................................95 7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe .....................................................................................................95 7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections .......................................................................................................96 7-08.3(2)J Placing PVC Pipe ..................................................................................................................96 7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Pipe Trenches ......................................................................................................96 7-08.3(5) Television Inspection .............................................................................................................97 7-08.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................98 7-09 WATER MAINS ............................................................................................................................98 7-09.2 Materials................................................................................................................................98 7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe ....................................................................................................................98 7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 Inches and Over) .............................................................99 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains ..............................................................................................99 7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Block .................................................................100 7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test ...................................................................................................100
Special Provisions v Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly-pigging" ................................................................................................101 7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite ...................................................................................................102 7-09.3(24)K Retention Period .................................................................................................................102 7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing ..................................................................................................102 7-09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems ......................................................................................................102 7-09.3(26) Abandonment of Existing Water Pipe .................................................................................104
7-09.3(27) Installation of Water Main in Existing Steel Casing ............................................................105 7-09.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................105 7-09.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................106 7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS ..................................................................................................108 7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post.........................................................................................108 7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade ....................................................................................108
7-12.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................108 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants .................................................................................................................109 7-14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants ................................................................................................ 110 7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants ................................................................................................... 110 7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant ............................................................................................ 110 7-14.5 Payment .............................................................................................................................. 110 7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS .........................................................................................................111 7-15.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................ 111 7-15.5 Payment .............................................................................................................................. 111 7-16 TEMPORARY WATER BYPASS SYSTEM (NEW SECTION) ..................................................113 7-16.1 Description .......................................................................................................................... 113 7-16.2 Materials.............................................................................................................................. 113
7-16.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................ 113 7-16.4 Measurement ...................................................................................................................... 113 7-16.5 Payment .............................................................................................................................. 113 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL .................................................115 8-01.1 Description .......................................................................................................................... 115 8-01.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................ 115
8-01.3(1)A Submittals ........................................................................................................................... 115 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning ................................................................................................................... 115 8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection .................................................................................................................... 115 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION ......................................................................................................116 8-02.2 Materials............................................................................................................................. 116 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction .................................................................................... 116
8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan .......................................................................................................... 116 8-02.3(4) Topsoil ................................................................................................................................. 117 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A .................................................................................................................... 117 8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation .................................................................................................. 117 8-02.3(6)B Fertilizers............................................................................................................................ 118 8-02.3(8)A Dates and Conditions for Planting ..................................................................................... 118 8-02.3(8)B Plant Installation ................................................................................................................. 118 8-02.3(11)B Bark or Wood Chip Mulch ................................................................................................... 119 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment ........................................................................................................... 119 8-02.3(17) Protection of Private Property and Property Restoration ....................................................121 8-02.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................122 8-02.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................122 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS ....................................................................................123 8-04.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................123 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways ...............................................................123 8-04.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................123 8-04.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................123 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .........................................................................................124 8-14.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................124 8-14.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................124
Special Provisions vi Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-14.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................125 8-14.3(4) Curing..................................................................................................................................127 8-14.3(5) Detectable Warning Surface ...............................................................................................128 8-14.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................128 8-14.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................128 8-19 ADJUST UTILITY APPURTENANCES (NEW SECTION) .........................................................128
8-19.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................128 8-19.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................128 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL ..................................................................................................................................128 8-20.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................128 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code ........................................................................................................129
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspection ...................................................................................................130 8-20.1(4) Errors and Omissions .........................................................................................................130 8-20.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................130 8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings .............................................................................................130 8-20.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................131 8-20.3(1)A Illumination Requirements During Construction .................................................................131
8-20.3(2) Excavation and Backfilling ..................................................................................................131 8-20.3(2)A Trench and Backfill..............................................................................................................132 8-20.3(3) Removing and Replacing Improvements ............................................................................133 8-20.3(4) Foundations ........................................................................................................................134 8-20.3(5) Conduit ................................................................................................................................137 8-20.3(5)A General ...............................................................................................................................137
8-20.3(5)A3 Damaged or Blocked Conduits ...........................................................................................137 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type .......................................................................................................................138 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes ...................................................................138 8-20.3(8) Wiring ..................................................................................................................................139 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding ............................................................................................................140 8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Cabinets .....................140
8-20.3(11) Testing .................................................................................................................................140 8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems ...........................................................................................................140 8-20.3(13)A Light Standards ...................................................................................................................141 8-20.3(15) Grout ...................................................................................................................................142 8-20.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................142 8-20.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................142 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING ..............................................................................................................143 8-22.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................143 8-22.3(1) Preliminary Spotting ............................................................................................................143 8-22.3(6) Removing Pavement Markings ...........................................................................................143 8-22.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................144 8-22.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................144 8-27 WASTE RECEPTACLE (NEW SECTION) .................................................................................144 8-27.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................144 8-27.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................144 8-27.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................144 8-27.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................145 8-27.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................145 8-28 LANDSCAPE STRIP FENCING (NEW SECTION) ....................................................................145 8-28.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................145 8-28.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................145 8-28.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................146 8-28.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................147 8-28.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................147 8-30 BENCH (NEW SECTION)...........................................................................................................148 8-30.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................148
Special Provisions vii Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-30.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................148 8-30.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................148 8-30.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................148 8-30.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................148 8-31 BIKE RACK (NEW SECTION) ...................................................................................................149 8-31.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................149
8-31.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................149 8-31.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................149 8-31.4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................149 8-31.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................149 8-32 VEHICULAR BOLLARD (NEW SECTION)................................................................................150 8-32.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................150
8-32.2 Materials..............................................................................................................................150 8-32.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................150 8-32. 4 Measurement ......................................................................................................................151 8-32.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................151 8-35 RESOLUTION OF UTILITY CONFLICTS (NEW SECTION) .....................................................151 8-35.1 Description ..........................................................................................................................151
8-35.3 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................152 8-35.5 Payment ..............................................................................................................................152 9-03 AGGREGATES ...........................................................................................................................154 9-03.15 Native Material for Trench Backfill ......................................................................................154 9-03.22 Cement-based Grout for Abandoning Existing Utilities .......................................................154 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING ................................................................154
9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A .....................................................................................................................154 9-14.4 Fertilizer ..............................................................................................................................155 9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chips ............................................................................................................155 9-14.7(2) Quality .................................................................................................................................155 9-14.7(3) Handling and Shipping ........................................................................................................156 9-14.9 Tree Watering Bag System .................................................................................................156
9-14.10 Root Barrier .........................................................................................................................156 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL...................................................................................156 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes ...................................................................156 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes ...........................................................................................157 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable .........................................................157 9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable ........................................................................................157
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards .................................................................................................157 9-29.6A Decorative Roadway Luminaire Poles ................................................................................157 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires ........................................................................................................157 9-29.10(2)A Decorative Pedestrian Luminaires ......................................................................................158 9-29.10(2)B Decorative Roadway Luminaires ........................................................................................158 9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls .........................................................................................................159 9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS ......................................................................................159 9-30.1 Pipe .....................................................................................................................................159 9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ..................................................................................................................159 9-30.1(2) Polyethylene Encasement ..................................................................................................160 9-30.2 Fittings.................................................................................................................................160 9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ..................................................................................................................160 9-30.2(2) Galvanized Iron Pipe ...........................................................................................................161 9-30.2(3) Steel Casing Pipe ...............................................................................................................161 9-30.2(4) Spacers and Seals for Steel Casing Pipe ...........................................................................161 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings ......................................................................................162 9-30.2(7) Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe .............................................................162 9-30.3 Valves ..................................................................................................................................162 9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 16 inches) ...................................................................................163 9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves ...................................................................................................................163
Special Provisions viii Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes ........................................................................................................................163 9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts .............................................................................................................164 9-30.3(6) Valve Stem Extensions .......................................................................................................164 9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/ Air Vacuum Valves ....................................................................164 9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly ..................................................................................164 9-30.3(9) Blow-Off Assembly ..............................................................................................................164
9-30.5 Hydrants ..............................................................................................................................165 9-30.5(1) End Connections .................................................................................................................165 9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions ............................................................................................................165 9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 Inches and Smaller) ...........................................................166 9-30.6(3) Service Pipes ......................................................................................................................166 9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe ...............................................................................................................166
9-30.6(4) Service Fittings ...................................................................................................................166 9-30.6(5) Meter Setters ......................................................................................................................166
Special Provisions SP 1 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS
(December 10, 2020 APWA GSP)
The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications
for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2021 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the
headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example:
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP)
(April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP)
Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are:
• Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted
edition, with Washington State modifications, if any
• Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current
edition
• City of Renton Standard Details, City of Renton Public Works Department, current edition
• Revised Draft Guidelines for Accessible Public Rights-of-Way, November 23, 2005 (commonly referred to as the 2005 PROWAG)
Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor’s own expense.
Special Provisions SP 2 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
Special Provisions SP 3 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
(March 13, 1995 WDOT GSP) This Contract provides for the improvement of ** two intersections in Downtown Renton at Houser Way S / Williams Ave S and Houser Way S / Wells Ave S. The improvements to be performed at the two intersections include: pavement removal; installation of new illumination system, storm
drainage and water main with steel casing under railroad tracks; construction of raised asphalt pavement intersection with curb, gutter, sidewalk, planters, and urban design amenities; channelization and signing ** and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans,
these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications.
1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1-01.3 Definitions
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates
Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids.
Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work.
Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract.
Notice to Proceed Date
The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins.
Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract.
Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date.
Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required
Special Provisions SP 4 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date.
Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete.
Supplement this Section with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special
Provisions, to the terms “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”, “Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”. All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency” unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise.
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency designated location”.
All references to “final contract voucher certification” shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion and acceptance granted. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal,
which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work.
Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever bond
form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for “Contract”. Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed.
Special Provisions SP 5 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the
Contracting Agency’s acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed
The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic.
1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS
1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders
Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder
(January 24, 2011 APWA GSP)
Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project.
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work.
After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below:
To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution
Reduced plans (11" x 17") 5 Furnished automatically upon award.
Contract Provisions
5 Furnished automatically upon award.
Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34") 1 Furnished only upon request.
Special Provisions SP 6 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense.
1-02.5 Proposal Forms
(July 31, 2017 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder’s UDBE/DBE/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor’s Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and
additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified.
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal
(July 11, 2018 APWA GSP)
Supplement the second paragraph with the following:
4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price
must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated.
5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last two paragraphs, and replace them with the following: If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any Subcontractor to perform those items of work. The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance form, provided by the Contracting Agency. Failure to return this certification as
part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms.
The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign).
Special Provisions SP 7 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE
requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member
of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. Add the following new section:
1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Bidder shall submit with the Bid, its proposal for incorporating recycled materials into the project, using the form provided in the Contract Provisions.
1-02.7 Bid Deposit
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following:
Bid bonds shall contain the following:
1. Contracting Agency-assigned number for the project;
2. Name of the project;
3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee;
4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded;
5. Signature of the bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany said signature;
6. The signature of the surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit.
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, and replace it with the following: After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or supplement it if:
Special Provisions SP 8 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and
2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting
Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, emailed, or faxed requests to withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable.
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals
(October 1, 2020 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if:
a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered;
c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the
Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidder’s DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the
requirements of the Special Provisions; j The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to
demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; k. The Bidder fails to submit a DBE Bid Item Breakdown form, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; l. The Bidder fails to submit DBE Trucking Credit Forms, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions;
Special Provisions SP 9 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
m. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or
n. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names.
2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink.
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders
(May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option B) Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet Supplemental Criteria 1-7 listed in this Section.
The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), and Supplemental Criteria 1-2. Evidence that the Bidder meets Supplemental Criteria 3-7 shall be provided by the Bidder as stated later in this Section. 1. Delinquent State Taxes A Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder
does not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue, or if delinquent taxes are owed to the Washington State Department of Revenue, the Bidder must submit a written payment plan approved by the Department of
Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed below. 2. Federal Debarment A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an “active exclusion” on the U.S. government’s “System for Award Management” database
(www.sam.gov).
Special Provisions SP 10 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
3. Subcontractor Responsibility
A. Criterion: The Bidder’s standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have
an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder’s subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also “responsible” subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 4. Claims Against Retainage and Bonds A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the
retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors,
suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency.
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information: • Name of project • The owner and contact information for the owner; • A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for any of the projects listed; • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim.
5. Public Bidding Crime
A. Criterion: The Bidder and/or its owners shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the bid submittal date.
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder and/or its owners have not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract.
Special Provisions SP 11 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
6. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default
A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such
circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. . 7. Lawsuits A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the
Contracting Agency B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a
statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet
the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts As evidence that the Bidder meets the Supplemental Criteria stated above, the apparent low Bidder must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the second business day following the bid submittal deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets the supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation (sufficient
in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance with the Supplemental Criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request further documentation as needed from the low Bidder and documentation from other Bidders as
well to assess Bidder responsibility and compliance with all bidder responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from third-parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder’s compliance with the mandatory
and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their evaluation. The Contracting Agency may consider mitigating factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the supplemental criteria. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private
Special Provisions SP 12 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter.
If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall
notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency’s final determination.
Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose
specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other person designated by the Contracting
Agency in the Bid Documents.
1-02.15 Pre Award Information
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder:
1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used,
2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests,
3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work,
4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item,
5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer,
6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located.
7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder.
Special Provisions SP 13 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids
(January 23, 2006 APWA GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond.
1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie-breaker will be the Bidder with an equal lowest bid that proposed to use the highest
percentage of recycled materials in the Project, per the form submitted with the Bid Proposal. If those percentages are also exactly equal, then the tie-breaker will be determined by drawing as follows: Two or more slips of paper will be marked as follows: one
marked “Winner” and the other(s) marked “unsuccessful”. The slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized representative of each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked “Winner” will be determined to be the successful Bidder and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders who submitted a Bid total that is exactly equal to the lowest responsive Bid, and with a proposed recycled materials percentage that is exactly equal to the highest proposed recycled materials amount, are eligible to draw.
1-03.3 Execution of Contract
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number
of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency.
Special Provisions SP 14 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-
07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15.
Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency.
If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within 10 calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 2 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances to be acceptable.
1-03.4 Contract Bond
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full
contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall:
1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s);
2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that:
a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and
b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner,
3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and
conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure:
a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or
b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors,
material persons, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work;
4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the
project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW;
5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond; and
6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of
Special Provisions SP 15 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president).
1-03.7 Judicial Review
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read: Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction.
1-04 SCOPE OF WORK
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda
(December 10, 2020 APWA GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of
precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth):
1. Addenda,
2. Proposal Form,
3. Special Provisions,
4. Contract Plans,
5. Standard Specifications,
6. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans or Details (if any), and
7. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction.
1-05 CONTROL OF WORK
1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes
Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: Contractor Surveying - Roadway
(August 7, 2017 WSDOT GSP)
Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails
Special Provisions SP 16 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and
maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All
monuments noted on the plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense.
Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift.
The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers.
The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and
elevations of all secondary control points.
2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) and at
points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet.
3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans.
4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor.
5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet.
6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be
set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, stakes shall be
placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor.
Special Provisions SP 17 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the project.
8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed.
9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited
to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity.
10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work.
The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer.
To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with primary survey control information consisting of descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control, and descriptions of two additional primary control points for every additional three miles of project length.
Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each
Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project.
The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances:
Vertical Horizontal
Slope stakes ±0.10 feet ±0.10 feet
Subgrade grade stakes set
0.04 feet below grade ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet
(parallel to alignment)
±0.1 feet (normal to alignment)
Stationing on roadway N/A ±0.1 feet
Alignment on roadway N/A ±0.04 feet
Surfacing grade stakes ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet
(parallel to alignment)
±0.1 feet
(normal to alignment) Roadway paving pins for
surfacing or paving ±0.01 feet ±0.2 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment)
Special Provisions SP 18 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor.
When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances.
The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received.
Contract work to be performed using contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes.
Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer.
Payment
Payment will be made for the following bid item when included in the proposal: "Roadway Surveying", lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for "Roadway Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts.
Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following:
Licensed Surveyors
The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or locating legal survey markers such as GLO monuments or property corner monuments, conduct boundary surveys to determine Contracting Agency right-of-way locations, and obtain, review and analyze deeds and records as necessary to determine these boundaries. The Contracting Agency will provide “rights of
entry” as needed by the Contractor to perform the work.
The Contractor shall brush out or clear and stake or mark the right-of-way lines as designated by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at Contractors expense.
When required, the Contractor shall prepare and file a Record of Survey map in accordance with RCW 58.09 and provide a recorded copy to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will provide all existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control, and other
Special Provisions SP 19 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
material available with Washington State Plane Coordinate information to the Contractor. The Contracting Agency will also provide maps, plan sheets, and/or aerial photographs clearly
identifying the limits of the areas to be surveyed. The Contractor shall establish Washington State Plane Coordinates on all points required in the Record of Survey and other points designated in the Contract documents.
Existing right of way documentation, existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control descriptions, maps, plan sheets, aerial photographs and all other available material may be viewed by prospective bidders at the office of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall perform all of the necessary calculations for the contracted survey work and shall provide copies of these calculations to the Contracting Agency. Electronic files of all survey data shall be provided and in a format acceptable to the Contracting Agency.
All survey work performed by the Contractor shall conform to all applicable sections of the Revised Code of Washington and the Washington Administrative Code.
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, signing, and temporary traffic control devices in order to provide a safe work zone. Payment The Work described above under subsection Licensed Surveyors shall be incidental to the Bid Item “Roadway Surveying”.
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary.
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public.
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due,
or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or
replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work.
Special Provisions SP 20 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s rights
provided by this Section.
The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to
the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required.
1-05.11 Final Inspection
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date
When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially
complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written
notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is
applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection.
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection,
the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars
in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption
Special Provisions SP 21 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected.
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the
Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency in writing of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled.
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of
machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final
inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal.
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract.
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section.
Special Provisions SP 22 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-05.14 is supplemented with the following:
Other Contracts Or Other Work
It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be
performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work:
***
• Roadway improvements by a City Contractor for the “Williams Ave S and Wells Ave S Conversion Project”
• Streetscape improvements by a City Contractor for the “Downtown Core Streetscape Phase 1 Project”
• Adjustment to finished grade of various franchise utility surface structures
• See also 1-07.17 herein for additional requirements ***
1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices
(March 25, 2009 APWA GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of
dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered
copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract.
Add the following new section:
1-05.16 Water and Power
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item.
Special Provisions SP 23 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Add the following new section:
1-05.18 Record Drawings
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated with
clear and accurate red-lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor’s field office, and shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review. The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility of a single experienced and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete set of
Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency.
The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to:
• Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in the Plans.
• Changes made by Change Order or Field Order.
• Changes made by the Contractor.
• Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency requires for the
Record Drawings. When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying/staking, the applicable
tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following:
Vertical Horizontal
As-built sanitary & storm invert and grate elevations ± 0.01 foot ± 0.01 foot
As-built monumentation ± .001 foot ± 0.001 foot
As-built waterlines, inverts, valves, hydrants ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built ponds / swales / water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
Special Provisions SP 24 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
As-built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot Making Entries on the Record Drawings:
• Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings,
conforming to the following color code:
• Additions - Red
• Deletions - Green
• Comments - Blue
• Dimensions - Graphite
• Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number.
• Date all entries.
• Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint abbreviations, etc.).
The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion. Payment will be made for the following bid item:
Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $ 1,000) Lump Sum
Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set
prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor
must bid at least that amount.
1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use
(April 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-06.1 is supplemented with the following: For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the QPL or RAM process the Contractor will be allowed to submit for approval two material sources or manufacturers per material type at no cost. Additional material sources or
Special Provisions SP 25 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
manufacturers may be submitted for approval and will be processed at a cost of $125.00 per material source or manufacturer submitted by QPL submittal and $400.00 per material
submitted by RAM. All costs for processing additional material sources or manufacturers will be deducted from monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject to a request by the Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing
may be waived.
1-06.6 Recycled Materials
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard Specifications. Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on-site material
and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor’s report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting.
1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply.
The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA).
The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or doctor’s care, for all persons including employees who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a
hospital or a doctor’s care.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their
failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons
Special Provisions SP 26 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to
conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near the project site.
(April 3, 2006 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.1 is supplemented with the following:
Confined Space
Confined spaces are known to exist at the following locations:
*** Existing storm drainage, sanitary sewer, and other utility systems, vaults, and structures, along with all new similar new construction items that meet the requirements of WAC 296-809-100.***
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and health of all on-site workers and compliant with Washington Administrative Code (WAC 296-809).
The Contractor shall prepare and implement a confined space program for each of the confined spaces identified above. The Contractor’s Confined Space program shall be sent to the Contracting Agency at least 30 days prior to the Contractor beginning work in or adjacent to the confined space. No work shall be performed in or adjacent to the confined space until the plan is submitted to the Engineer as required. The Contractor shall communicate with the
Project Engineer to ensure a coordinated effort for providing and maintaining a safe worksite for both the Contracting Agency’s and Contractor’s workers when working in or near a confined space.
All costs to prepare and implement the confined space program shall be included in the bid prices for the various items associated with the confined space work.
1-07.2 State Sales Tax
Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 State Sales Tax
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability.
The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception.
Special Provisions SP 27 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State
Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue,
whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail
Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work.
1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170
WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency,
retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject
to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or
a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244).
Special Provisions SP 28 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-07.7 Load Limits
Section 1-07.7 is supplemented with the following:
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other
than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes.
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following:
(April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP)
Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification.
Public and private utilities, or their Contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. It is anticipated that utility adjustment, relocation, replacement or construction within the project limits will be completed as follows:
• Adjustment of gas valve boxes to be coordinated with Puget Sound Energy.
• Adjustment of surface castings by Puget Sound Energy, Comcast, CenturyLink, Zayo, and/or their representatives. The Contractor shall attend a mandatory utility preconstruction meeting with the Engineer, all
affected subcontractors, and all utility owners and their contractors prior to beginning onsite work.
The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or their Contractors that will be adjusting, relocating, replacing or constructing utilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor’s use:
Puget Sound Energy (electric) Contact: Hong Nguyen
(253) 395-6904 Hong.Nguyen@pse.com
Puget Sound Energy (gas) Contact: Glenn Helton
(253) 395-6926 Glenn.Helton@pse.com
Comcast Cable Contact: Aaron Cantrel (253) 864-4281
Aaron_Cantrel@comcast.com
CenturyLink Contact: Jesse Patjens (425) 429-5722
Jesse.Patjens@centurylink.com
Special Provisions SP 29 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Verizon (formerly MCI) Contact: Scott Christenson (425) 471-1079 scott.christenson@verizon.com
Zayo Contact: Jason Tesdal (253) 221-7585 jason.tesdal@zayo.com
City of Renton - Water Contact: Abdoul Gafour (425) 430-7210 AGafour@Rentonwa.gov
City of Renton - Surface Water Contact: Jared McDonald (425) 430-7293 JMcDonald@Rentonwa.gov City of Renton - Sewer
Joe Stowell (425) 430-7212 JStowell@Rentonwa.gov
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
1-07.18 Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
1-07.18(1) General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of
section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on
the insurer’s financial condition. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually
provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the
Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed.
Special Provisions SP 30 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the
Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums
in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency.
H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made.
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein:
the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers
the Contracting Agency’s construction administration and design consultants
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of
Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor.
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors
The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set forth herein,
except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that
Special Provisions SP 31 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each
Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage.
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance. Verification of coverage shall include:
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent.
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate
endorsement.
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein.
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these
requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting
Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work.
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-insured
retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises,
operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal
Special Provisions SP 32 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage.
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$2,000,000 General Aggregate
$2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence
$1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be
written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements. Such policy must provide the following minimum limit:
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington.
1-07.18(5)K Professional Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Contractor and/or its Subcontractor(s) and/or its design consultant providing construction management, value engineering, or any other design-related non-construction professional services shall provide evidence of Professional Liability insurance covering professional errors and omissions. Such policy shall provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 per claim and annual aggregate If the scope of such design-related professional services includes work related to pollution conditions, the Professional Liability insurance shall include coverage for Environmental Professional Liability.
If insurance is on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract.
Special Provisions SP 33 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following:
(February 3, 2020 WSDOT GSP)
Work Zone Clear Zone
The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor’s operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or
allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be
permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way (Feet)
35 mph or less 10
40 mph 15
45 to 50 mph 20 55 to 60 mph 30 65 mph or greater 35
Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance
(January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: *** The Contractor shall prepare and submit a project specific Traffic Control Plan (TCP) to the Engineer for approval. Review, revision of the TCP may take up to 3 weeks. The Contractor is alerted that no work affecting traffic operations will be performed until the TCP is approved.
Special Provisions SP 34 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The TCP submittal shall also include necessary phasing and sequencing diagrams to clarify the proposed order of work and work zones. Traffic Control Plans and Phasing and Sequencing
Plans are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The following minimum Traffic Control requirements shall be maintained during the construction
of the project: 1. Lane closures will only be permitted as identified under ‘Special Conditions’ of this Section. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying all affected property owners prior to commencing the barricading of streets, sidewalks and driveways. 3. All driveways shall remain open except as necessary to permit curing of construction materials or for short periods of time as required for excavations. However, at least one (1) driveway per parcel shall remain open to vehicular traffic at all times unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer and affected property owner in writing. If a parcel has only one driveway, then that driveway must be constructed one‐half at a time to allow the passage of vehicles. The amount of time that a driveway can be closed will be limited. Business owners and/or residents shall be notified in writing at least 48 hours in advance of any planned driveway closures. 5. Signs and barricades shall be supplemented by Type C steady burn lights to delineate edge of roadway during the hours of darkness. 6. Any asphalt concrete pavement, crushed surfacing, or gravel base for maintaining traffic during the life of this contract shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon request by the Engineer. In addition, cuts made in the traveled lanes or on walkways that are paved shall be temporarily patched with hot mix and maintained daily until such time as a permanent patch can be made. Payment for crushed surfacing, gravel and asphalt will be paid at their respective bid items, as included in the contract.
7. Detours will not be allowed except as noted herein or in the Plans.
8. Traffic Safety Drums with flashers in addition to temporary striping shall be used to channelize traffic through construction zones. Opposing lanes of traffic shall be separated by pylons when clearance for drums is not adequate. 9. Temporary paint striping, reflective marking tape, and/or retroreflective tubular markers shall be required for each shift of traffic control. Paint, reflective marking tape, and/or retroreflective tubular markers used for temporary striping shall meet the requirements of Section 8‐23.
10. The Contractor provided Traffic Control Plans shall lay out traffic control device spacing, tapers, etc., to scale, shall contain accurate dimensions and legends and shall be signed by the preparer. In developing the Progress Schedule, the Contractor shall
carefully consider the following restrictions to sequencing and scheduling of the Work. No additional payment shall be made to the Contractor from the Owner due to time constraints imposed by these requirements. Special Conditions
Special Provisions SP 35 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Lane closures will be permitted as follows:
1) Single lane closure on Williams Ave S, Wells Ave S, and Houser Way S will be permitted at all times.
2) Periodic, non-consecutive, night time, full closures of Williams Ave S and Wells Ave S between the hours of 8:00 pm and 5:00 am may be permitted by request. Additional Requirements
• The Contractor shall provide a minimum of ten days notice of closures utilizing Portable
Changeable Message Signs at the closure location. The Portable Changeable Message Signs shall be provided by the Contractor and considered included in the lump sum bid item for “Project Temporary Traffic Control”.
• The Contractor, at his or her sole expense, may seek approval for extended or modified working hours. Such Plans must be approved by the Contracting Agency. ***
(May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) Revise the third sentence of the second paragraph to read:
Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired; if
approved by the Contracting Agency activating pedestrian recall timing or other accommodation may be allowed during construction.
1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours
Section 1-07.23(2) is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall notify King County Metro Transit at least 2 weeks prior to beginning any construction or installation activities that will affect Transit operations or facilities. Coordination
must be made through the Metro Transit Construction Information Center at: http://www.kingcounty.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Construction.aspx
Contact Construction Coordinators at telephone number 206-477-1140 or e-mail: construction.coord@kingcounty.gov
1-07.24 Rights of Way
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made.
Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work.
Special Provisions SP 36 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor’s attention by a duly issued Addendum.
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement
agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the
Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract.
Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of
a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established.
1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Add the following new section:
Special Provisions SP 37 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
(May 25, 2006 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
(October 10, 2008 APWA GSP)
Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work;
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.;
4. To establish normal working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following:
1. A breakdown of all lump sum items;
2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and
3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable.
Add the following new section:
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
(December 8, 2014 APWA GSP)
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference.
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances).
Special Provisions SP 38 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what
hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than noon on the working day prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example:
1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency’s material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract
time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non working day for the week will be charged as a working day.
5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll.
1-08.3 Progress Schedule
1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule
(March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall submit 5 copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal.
1-08.4 Prosecution of Work
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The
Special Provisions SP 39 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site
within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor
shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract.
1-08.5 Time for Completion
Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following:
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
This project shall be physically completed within *** 80 *** working days.
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A)
Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date.
Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and
amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in
which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day.
Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor’s obligations under the contract have been performed by the
Special Provisions SP 40 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established:
1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and
2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The
following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date:
a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)).
b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents
c. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions.
d. Final Contract Voucher Certification
e. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor and all Subcontractors
f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8-
01.3(16).
g. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24
1-08.6 Suspension of Work
(January 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-08.6 is supplemented with the following:
Contract time may be suspended for procurement of critical materials (Procurement Suspension). In order to receive a Procurement Suspension, the Contractor shall within 21 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, place purchase orders for all materials deemed critical by the Contracting Agency for physical completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of purchase orders for the critical materials. Such purchase orders shall disclose the purchase order date and estimated delivery dates for such critical material. The Contractor shall show procurement of the materials listed below as activities in the Progress Schedule. If the approved Progress Schedule indicates that the materials procurement are critical activities, and if the Contractor has provided documentation that purchase orders are placed for the critical materials within the prescribed 21 calendar days, the contract time will be suspended upon physical completion of all critical work except that
work dependent upon the below listed critical materials: *** Illumination Equipment ***
Charging of contract time will resume upon delivery of the critical materials to the Contractor or 120 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, whichever occurs first.
Special Provisions SP 41 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2)
Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read:
1. Test results and scale weight records for each day’s hauling operations are provided to the Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027, Scaleman’s Daily Report, unless the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the Scaleman’s Daily Report Form. The scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare weights for each truck on the printed ticket.
1-09.2(5) Measurement
(May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read:
Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing contract items of Work.
1-09.6 Force Account
(October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal dollar amounts for all
items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer.
1-09.9 Payments
(March 13, 2012 APWA GSP)
Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following:
The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the
Contract and as specified for payment.
The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the
Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump
Special Provisions SP 42 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer’s determination of the cost of work shall be final.
Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at
the preconstruction conference.
The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment.
The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following:
1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price.
2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer’s
determination.
3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer.
4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer.
Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less:
1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects;
2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and
3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1.
1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance
(Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is
Special Provisions SP 43 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided,
shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or
initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action.
1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration.
1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP)
Revise the third paragraph to read:
The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency’s headquarters is located,
provided that where claims subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions.
1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
1-10.2(1) General
Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following:
(January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP)
Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave.
Kingston, WA 98346
Special Provisions SP 44 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
(360) 297-3035
Evergreen Safety Council 12545 135th Ave. NE Kirkland, WA 98034-8709
1-800-521-0778 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 Phone: (540) 368-1701
1-10.4 Measurement
1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control
Section 1-10.4(3) is supplemented with the following:
(August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) The Bid Proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control,” lump sum and the additional temporary traffic control items listed below. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1), Section 1-10.4(3), and Section 1-10.5(3) shall apply.
“Traffic Control Supervisor”, per lump sum.
Special Provisions SP 45 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 2
EARTHWORK
2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
2-02.1 Description
Section 2-02.1 is supplemented with the following:
For the purpose of this Contract, “Removal of Structure and Obstruction” shall include the removing, abandoning, protecting, storing, and salvaging, of miscellaneous objects required to complete the new construction.
The lump sum contract price for “Removal of Structure and Obstruction” shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to:
• Satisfactorily remove and dispose of the items specified, backfill, and compact the resulting void.
• Satisfactorily abandon the items specified, including plugging, capping, and backfilling with CDF or other materials that are required by the Plans or Specifications.
• Satisfactorily salvage the items specified for re-use or to be returned to the property owner or the City.
The following items shall be removed, abandoned, or salvaged:
Special Provisions SP 46 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Item Action Approx. Location Approx. Qty.
Tree Remove Various, See Site
Preparation Plan 3 EA
Shrubs Trim/Remove Various, See Site Preparation Plan 1 LS
Drainage Structure Remove Various, See Site
Preparation Plan 7 EA
Drainage Pipe Remove Various, See Site Preparation Plan 180 LF
Iron Fence Relocate ~STA 85+75, right 1 LS
Trash Can Remove/Salvage ~STA 26+76, left 1 EA
Extruded Curb Remove Various, See Site Preparation Plan 120 LF
Railroad Signal
Foundation
Chip to 2’ below
finished grade
Various, See Site
Preparation Plan 4 EA
Quantities shown are approximate. Quantities are for the Contractor’s convenience and should be verified prior to bidding.
If requested by a specific property owner, existing features (such as fencing, etc.) shall be protected, salvaged, and returned to the property owner.
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage Structures
Section 2-02.3(2) is supplemented with the following:
Abandoning of Existing Drainage and Sanitary Sewer Pipe Where shown in the Plans or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall abandon pipes per Section 7-08.3(4) of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Removal of Existing Drainage and Sanitary Sewer Pipe Where shown in the Plans or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove pipe regardless of the size or type. Pipe shall be removed either in its entirety or a portion of pipe, as called for in the Plans. Any pipe that is to remain when a portion of the pipe is to be removed, but is damaged during the removal operation, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Voids left by drainage pipe removal shall be backfilled with a granular material and compacted in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C.
Special Provisions SP 47 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
All materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the project limits.
Removal of Structures Where shown in the Plans, or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove catch basins, manholes, or inlets regardless of the size or type. Each Structure
shall be removed in its entirety. Prior to backfilling the resultant void, the Contractor shall plug and abandon the existing pipe(s) with commercial concrete in accordance with Section 7-08.3(4).
Voids left by Structure removal shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C. All materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the project limits.
2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters
Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall remove existing asphalt concrete pavement, cement concrete pavement, curb and gutter, extruded curb, sidewalk, and other associated roadside elements as shown on the Plans and approved by the Engineer. Removal shall include excavation of the
underlying soil as required to achieve the subgrade elevations shown on the Plans. Existing roadside elements to remain that are damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor to City of Renton standards and at the Contractor’s own expense.
At locations marked by the Engineer, transitions to existing asphalt or cement concrete driveways, curb and gutter, and walkways shall be vertically saw cut full depth with straight uniform edges.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that special precautions are undertaken so that no concrete or concrete by-products, or products and by-products used in the saw cut of asphalt or concrete, are discharged into any storm drain or surface water system.
In accordance with the Department of Ecology guidelines, wastewater from Portland Cement Concrete, masonry, and asphalt concrete cutting operations shall not be discharged to storm drainage systems or surface waters. Cutting operations increase the pH of wastewater, therefore, filtering prior to discharge is NOT acceptable.
To thoroughly clean saw cuts where necessary, the Contractor shall use high pressure water (high pressure water is considered greater than 1400 p.s.i.).
All wastewater shall be collected using a wet-dry vacuum or pumped into drums for disposal. Disposal of the waste liquid may be to soil or other porous surfaces away from storm drains
and surface water, only if the Contractor collects and disposes of remaining sediment after water has filtered into soil or evaporated. Impervious surfaces contaminated with sediment and grit from cutting, planing, or pulverizing operations shall be cleaned by sweepers to
prevent contaminants from entering the storm drainage system or surface waters when it rains.
Special Provisions SP 48 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Flushing saw cuts with high-pressure water and collection of wasted water with vacuum system, and pollution control shall be included in the unit contract price for associated removal
bid items, which require sawcutting.
New Section 2-02.3(4) is added:
2-02.3(4) Salvage
When salvageable material is to remain Contracting Agency property, the Specifications, Plans, or Contracting Agency will identify the material and describe how the Contractor shall remove it. Such material shall be stockpiled and/or delivered to the following location after first contacting the Contracting Agency representative at Eric Cutshall at (425) 430-7400. The Contractor shall provide the agency a minimum of two (2) working days’ notice prior to delivering the equipment to: City of Renton Public Works Yard 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056
2-02.5 Payment
Section 2-02.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Removal of Structure and Obstruction”, lump sum.
All items noted for removal, abandonment, or relocation to which other specific Bid items do not apply shall be included in the lump sum Bid item for “Removal of Structure and Obstruction” including, but not limited to, the items shown on the Plans and specified herein.
Sawcutting, demolition, haul, and disposal/salvage of all structures, storm and sewer pipes and materials to which this Bid item applies shall also be considered incidental.
2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
2-03.1 Description
The second paragraph is supplemented as follows:
4. Removal items being separately paid for under Section 2-02 of these contract documents.
2-03.4 Measurement
Section 2-03.4 is supplemented with the following:
Excavation that is not included under other bid items shall be measured and paid at the unit contract price per cubic yard for “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul” and shall include removal of such items as asphalt, cement concrete pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters.
Special Provisions SP 49 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Existing cement concrete pavement underlying asphalt concrete pavement roadway shall be removed as required for installation of new pavement sections, utilities, and as designated by
the Engineer. Removal of existing cement concrete pavement underlying asphalt concrete pavement roadway shall be measured and paid at the unit contract price per cubic yard for “Roadway Excavation Incl .Haul”,
Excavated material unsuitable for roadway embankment, such as broken pavement, curbs, sidewalks, etc., shall be disposed of. All cost associated with hauling and disposal of the excavated material shall be considered incidental to the unit contract price for “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul.”
Any excavation beyond the set limits, unless ordered by the Engineer in writing, shall not be paid for. The Contractor, at Contractor expense, shall provide all work and material required to return these over excavated areas to their set limits or original conditions.
2-04 HAUL
2-04.1 Description
Section 2-04.1 is supplemented with the following:
In reference to the term “haul” as used in Section 2-04 and Section 2-09.3(1)D of the Standard Specifications, all costs and expenses involved in haul will be considered incidental to the unit contract prices of the bid items and no additional compensation will be made.
Special Provisions SP 50 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 5
SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP) Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following: 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix
asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with
these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming.
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed
in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture.
5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6)
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21
Portland Cement 9-01 Sand 9-03.1(2) (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler.
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement
material from an existing stockpile.
Special Provisions SP 51 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one
sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the
mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01.
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02.
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-04.2(1). 5-04.2(1)A Vacant 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores,
prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The
Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review;
• The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed below.
• The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 52 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
• The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as
Laboratory Accredita-tion Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample
program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall;
• Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance
with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6).
• Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12
months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following:
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section
5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures.
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to
describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 53 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling
or finishing of the HMA. Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving
Compacted Thickness
(Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F
0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F
More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply.
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has
been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to
shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices
for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer.
Special Provisions SP 54 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed
line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer,
an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the
heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the
asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive.
4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening
operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to
include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA.
The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix
material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans.
Special Provisions SP 55 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed,
in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted.
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without
tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally heated
vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall
be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the
line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may
be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer’s approval, unless other-wise required by the contract.
Where an MTD/V is required by the contract, the Engineer may approve paving without an MTD/V, at the request of the Contractor. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV:
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver.
Special Provisions SP 56 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow.
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the
mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture.
5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscilatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good
condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s
recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be
accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer.
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction
of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is
to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved
Special Provisions SP 57 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate
between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces
that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum
temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt
to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place
the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt,
approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
Special Provisions SP 58 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a
Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
A. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. B. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
5-04.3(4)B Vacant
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of
1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by
a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21.
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with
Special Provisions SP 59 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller.
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-
stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured.
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved
by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an
accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the
storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to
entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and
elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to
Special Provisions SP 60 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following:
HMA Class 1” 0.35 feet HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½”
wearing course 0.30 feet other courses 0.35 feet
HMA Class ⅜” 0.15 feet On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is
a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04.
Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is specified. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the
following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and
testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and
may be made in accordance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as follows: For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL)
required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2
Special Provisions SP 61 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A For Aggregates in the mixture:
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the following tolerances to the approved JMF.
Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2.
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and
may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below.
a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 5-04.3(9)A Vacant
5-04.3(9)B Vacant
5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation
HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots.
5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job
Special Provisions SP 62 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400
tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated
collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot.
5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling
Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASH-TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall to be tested.
Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer.
For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF:
• If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion.
• If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed.
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731.
Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308.
Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11.
5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors
For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors:
Special Provisions SP 63 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Table of Price Adjustment Factors
Constituent Factor “f”
All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″,
⅜″ and No.4 sieves
2
All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15
All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20
Asphalt binder 40
Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20
Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation.
5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF
is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay
factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall
submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be
tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies
due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation
Special Provisions SP 64 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the
unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The
commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation.
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay
factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes
for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density.
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling.
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix
is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores.
Special Provisions SP 65 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request
after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions
other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum
of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will
replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot.
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment
shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to
the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density
Special Provisions SP 66 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may
evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density.
5-04.3(10)C Vacant
5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction
5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200
tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738.
The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot.
5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance
Special Provisions SP 67 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation.
For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by
40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the
quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion
of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval.
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the
Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical
acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and
testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample
location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and
Special Provisions SP 68 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced:
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95
and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75.
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture
only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness
of the course. A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint.
Special Provisions SP 69 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge
joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of
the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay.
Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application procedure.
Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Con-struct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure. 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section
5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course
shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in
the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or
3. By other method approved by the Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 70 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than
the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and
deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00
for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving.
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning (5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving.
5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement
The planning plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planning meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planning submittals. Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA.
Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or
roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the sur-face by the Contractor’s planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method.
Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as deter-mined by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical
Special Provisions SP 71 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement.
After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled.
The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can iden-tify hidden metal objects.
Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden
in pavement. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the
Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic
5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following: 1. Intersections: a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept
to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes
required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof.
Special Provisions SP 72 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley
service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed.
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars,
and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22.
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection,
removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing.
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where peace officers will be stationed when signalization is or may
be, countermanded, and show ar-eas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly describe the se-quencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan.
Special Provisions SP 73 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the
sequencing of paving operations. 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving.
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs.
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as
scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to:
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations.
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing
operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other con-tractors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planning and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed
Special Provisions SP 74 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail,
and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related operations.
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 2. Paving – additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type equip-ment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements.
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time,
and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as
equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and testing. 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by
the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04.
5-04.4 Measurement
HMA Cl. ___ PG ___, HMA for ___ Cl. ___ PG ___, and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of
asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects
to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes, service roads, Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile.
Special Provisions SP 75 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal.
Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation.
Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal.
Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-
23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4.
5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“Commercial HMA”, per ton.
The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, and “Commercial HMA” shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti-stripping additive,
incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, per mile. The unit Contract price per mile for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway” shall be full pay for all Work described under 5-04.3(4) , with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work.
Special Provisions SP 76 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
“Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces”, per mile.
The unit Contract Price for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces” shall be full pay for all Work described under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price
per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. “Crack Sealing”, by force account. “Crack Sealing” will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul”, per square yard.
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4) with the
exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“Asphalt for Prime Coat”, per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for “Asphalt for Prime Coat” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4). “Prime Coat Agg.”, per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for “Prime Coat Agg.” shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer.
“Asphalt for Fog Seal”, per ton. Payment for “Asphalt for Fog Seal” is described in Section 5-02.5.
“Longitudinal Joint Seal”, per linear foot.
The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Longitudinal Joint Seal” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12). “Planing Bituminous Pavement”, per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14). “Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot. Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5.
Special Provisions SP 77 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
“Water”, per M gallon.
Payment for “Water” is described in Section 2-07.5. “Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment”, by calculation.
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(9)C6. “Compaction Price Adjustment”, by calculation. “Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04..3(10)D3. “Roadway Core”, per each. The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall
be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional payments will be made.
“Cyclic Density Price Adjustment”, by calculation. “Cyclic Density Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-
04.3(10)B.
Add New Section 5-04.3(21):
5-04.3(21) Temporary Pavement
Temporary Pavement is required to open areas to traffic during construction. These areas include paving over excavated roadway and utility trenches, to provide paved access to private properties, and ramps for pedestrian access. All temporary paving shall be placed with a minimum thickness of 2 inches. All temporary paving shall be approved by the Engineer before placement. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced shall also be approved by the Engineer before placement. This work shall also include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. Temporary Pavement, hot mix asphalt, will be used for any trench restoration within the traveled way. Whether temporary or permanent, sawcut and treat edges with CSS-1 asphalt
emulsion. Temporary Pavement, cold mix asphalt is allowed for any temporary paving outside the
traveled way. The cold mix shall be approved by the Engineer and placed with a minimum thickness of 2 inches. Placement of temporary pavement without prior approval of the Engineer shall be considered as a benefit of the Contractor and no cost to the owner. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced require prior approval by the Engineer. This work shall include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. The Contractor shall excavate and remove temporary pavement to the required subgrade depth to construct and install the proposed pavement section. Excavation and removal of
Special Provisions SP 78 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
temporary pavement, to subgrade depth, shall be considered included in the unit cost for “Temporary Pavement”.
5-04.4 Measurement
Section 5-04.4 is supplemented with the following:
HMA Cl. ½” PG 64-22 and Temporary Pavement will be measured by the ton in accordance
with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the HMA.
Preparation of Untreated Roadway will be considered incidental and included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made.
Temporary Pavement
The quantity of “Temporary Pavement” necessary for this project is unknown. As such, the quantity entered in the Proposal is arbitrary and intended solely to provide a common basis for bidders.
5-04.5 Payment
Section 5-04.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Temporary Pavement”, per ton.
Special Provisions SP 79 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 6
STRUCTURES
6-07 PAINTING
6-07.1 Description
Section 6-07.1 is supplemented with the following:
This work shall consist of painting systems and colors for metal elements as shown on the Plans.
6-07.2 Materials
Section 6-07.2 is supplemented with the following:
Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in this section.
The Contractor shall submit (3) samples of each custom color, textures, and gloss for approval. Metal coupon samples shall be three (3) inches by five (5) inches. Paint colors and paint systems shall be as shown in the following table for the following items: Paint Color / Paint System Table
Specification
Section Item Paint Color Paint System
8-27 Waste Receptacle “Black” Powder Coat, paint system shall be per manufacturer
8-28 Landscape Strip Fencing RAL 9005 “Jet Black”
Powder Coat, paint
system per these specifications
8-30 Bench “Black” Powder Coat, paint system shall be per manufacturer
8-32 Vehicular Bollard RAL 9005 “Jet Black” Tnemec High-Performance Coating or Approved Equal
Special Provisions SP 80 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9-29.6A
Decorative
Roadway Luminaire Pole RAL 9005TX “Jet Black”
Per Section 6-07.2(1)
of these Special Provisions
9-29.10(2)B Decorative Roadway Luminaire RAL 9005TX “Jet Black” Per Section 6-07.2(1) of these Special
Provisions
Galvanizing
All fabricated steel components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 123.
All steel hardware components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 153.
Aluminum materials surface shall be prepared per ASTM D1730 – 09 and factory powder coated per Section 9-08.2 of the Standard Specifications.
Steel
Surface Preparation: Shop sandblast using SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast, using non-metallic abrasive.
Prime Coat: Advance two-component, moisture-cured, zinc-rich primer providing
extraordinary performance. Is rapid curing so chemical- and corrosion-resistant topcoats can be applied the “same-day.” Also can be used for field touch-up of inorganic zinc coating. Applied at 2.5 - 3.5 mils DFT (falls under the CARB Metallic pigmented category)
Intermediate: Polyamide Epoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT (less than 100 grams/Liter VOC), meet performance requirements of AWWA C 210. Low VOC, excellent resistance to abrasion and suitable for chemical contact exposure.
Finish: Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer, high-solids fluoropolymer coating that provides an ultra-durable finish with user friendly brush. Outstanding color and gloss retention even in most severe exposures. Semi-gloss finish.
Galvanized & Aluminum Metals
Surface Preparation: Abrade 100% of area using a metal finishing pad designed for removing light rust and for cleaning and brightening metal to degloss and create profile.
Prime Coat: Polyamide epoxy shall be a versatile low-temperature coating ideally suited for steel fabrication and OEM applications, widely used as a field tiecoat, provides fast curing,
rapid handling capabilities and conforms with air pollution regulations limiting Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) to a maximum of 340 grams/liter (2.8 lbs/gal). Applied at 3.0 mils DFT.
Finish: An Acrylic Polyurethane finish coat that contains sparkle aluminum pigment creating a
metallic finish. Highly durable coating, resistant to abrasion, wet conditions and exterior weathering. High performance finish shall contain UV absorbers for extended color and gloss retention. Semi-gloss finish. Applied at 2.0 mills DFT.
Special Provisions SP 81 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Quality Assurance
Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. The paint and
paint products used for this project shall be approved by Engineer.
Requirements for an Approved Equal:
Bidder shall provide to the Owner in writing a detailed side-by-side comparison of the
proposed equal Products Characteristics, Performance Characteristics, and Application Conditions for each coating specified in this specification.
For consideration for approval this written comparison shall be certified and notarized by an officer of the proposed manufacturer as true and correct.
For Products Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall include for example, but not limited to, Volume Solids, Weight Solids, VOC, Mix Ratio, Zinc Content in Dry Film (by Weight), Spreading Rate per coat, Drying Schedule, Shelf Life and Flash Point.
For Performance Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall include for example, but not limited to, Abrasion Resistance, Tensile Strength, Humidity, Graffiti Resistance, Adhesion, Salt Fog Resistance and Slip Coefficient.
The Contractor shall submit (3) samples of each custom color, textures, and gloss for approval. Appropriate metal coupon samples (steel and aluminum) shall be three (3) inches by five (5) inches. Paint colors and paint systems shall be as shown in the Paint Color/Paint System Table for the various items as included in this Section.
Add new Section 6-07.2(1):
6-07.2(1) Materials for Decorative Luminaire Poles and Luminaires
The Contractor shall provide a swatch paint sample from the pole manufacturer for use as a
color match for the Engineer’s approval prior to factory finish coating. Contractor shall also provide two gallons of touch-up paint to the City. Painting plan submittals shall be per Standard Specifications Section 6-07 Painting. Aluminum Poles, Aluminum Sub-Assemblies, Aluminum Luminaire Housings and Aluminum Cabinets Paint Specifications:
Aluminum poles, luminaire housings and cabinets shall be factory primed and painted with
polyester powder coating to recommended industry standards and shall meet AAMA 2604 performance requirements and test procedures. Additional anti-graffiti coating shall be applied to all poles and sub-assemblies (minimum 14 feet in height). Anti-graffiti coating shall be Amershield TVOC, clear anti-graffiti coating and the Contractor shall demonstrate the cleaning procedure to the City Maintenance Department
Representative.
Special Provisions SP 82 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Add new Section 6-07.2(2):
6-07.2(2) Materials for Landscape Strip Fencing
The Contractor shall provide a swatch paint sample as a color match for the Engineer’s approval prior to factory finish coating. Contractor shall also provide two gallons of touch-up paint to the City.
Painting plan submittals shall be per Standard Specifications Section 6-07 Painting. Steel Paint Specifications: Steel parts and sub-assemblies shall be factory galvanized, primed and finished with polyester powder coating per Section 6-07 and Section 9-08 of the Standard Specifications. Additional anti-graffiti coating shall be applied to all exposed Landscape Strip Fencing surface. 6-07.3 Construction Requirements Section 6-07.3 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit three (3) samples of each custom color, textures, and gloss for Engineer’s approval. Metal coupon samples shall be three (3) inches by five (5) inches.
Add New Section 6-07.3(1)C:
6-07.3(1)C Quality Assurance
Single Source Responsibility: Provide primer and intermediate coating materials produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coating for each coating system. The selection of a manufacturer for a particular coating system shall be consistent for applications of that coating
system. Use thinners of types recommended by each coating manufacturer, and use only with recommended limits. Coating material manufacturers shall have been regularly engaged in the ongoing manufacture and sale of similar materials for a minimum of 10 years.
Material Quality: Provide the best quality and grade of coatings as manufactured by acceptable coating manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification or not matching the requirements of this specification will not be acceptable and shall be immediately removed from the application site. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. The paint and paint products used for this project shall be approved by Engineer.
Applicator Qualifications: Coatings shall be applied by qualified coating applicator(s) as appropriate for each coating system scheduled and acceptable to the Resident Engineer.
Applicators shall have experience in the surface preparation for and application of similar coatings on projects similar in extent to this Contract.
Requirements for an Approved Equal:
Bidder shall provide to the Owner in writing a detailed side-by-side comparison of the proposed equal Products Characteristics, Performance Characteristics, and Application Conditions for each coating specified in this specification.
Special Provisions SP 83 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
For consideration for approval this written comparison shall be certified and notarized by an officer of the proposed manufacturer as true and correct.
For Products Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall include for example, but not limited to, Volume Solids, Weight Solids, VOC, Mix Ratio, Zinc Content in Dry Film (by Weight), Spreading Rate per coat, Drying Schedule, Shelf Life and Flash Point.
For Performance Characteristics this detailed side-by-side comparison shall include for example, but not limited to, Abrasion Resistance, Tensile Strength, Humidity, Graffiti Resistance, Adhesion, Salt Fog Resistance and Slip Coefficient.
6-07.3(10)H Paint System
Section 6-07.3(10)H is revised to read: The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat system: Primer Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F Primer Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F Intermediate Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Intermediate Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)H
The powder coat system shall be factory primed and powder coat to a minimum of 3.0-mils in accordance to the manufacturer’s recommendation and shall meet the following performance requirements when performed at a minimum film thickness of 3.0 mils:
Property Specification Performance Requirement
Salt Spray Resistance ASTM B117 Minimum required by the Specification
Humidity Resistance ASTM D2247 Minimum required by the Specification
Weatherability ASTM 336 Minimum required by the Specification
Chemical and Solvent Resistance - Polyester family of powder
coatings shall have a good resistance to most chemicals and solvents except alkalis and ketones. Verification should be made for each chemical or solvent proposed for use with the coating.
Special Provisions SP 84 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The paint system shall be approved for exterior application and UV-resistant.
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the approved sample.
After powder coating has been in place at least fifteen (15) days, and within thirty (30) days of Substantial Completion, check all powder coated surfaces for damage, missed areas and discoloration.
6-07.3(10)I Paint Color
Section 6-07.3(10)I is supplemented with the following:
The top coat shall be a minimum of 3.0-mils of clear semi-gloss anti-graffiti coating. Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the approved sample. After powder coating has been in place at least fifteen (15) days, and within thirty (30) days of Substantial Completion, check all powder coated surfaces for damage, missed areas and discoloration. Prepare surfaces and touch-up damaged, missed and discolored areas to bring coating system to full dry film thickness, in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated areas.
Add New Section 6-07.3(14):
6-07.3(14) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces
All aluminum items specified herein to be powder coated shall be factory primed and powder coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The paint color of aluminum surfaces shall be per 6-07.2
6-07.5 Payment
Section 6-07.5 is supplemented with the following:
Measurement and payment for all painting and finishes shall be incidental to the related bid items that receive the painting and finishes included all labor, equipment, materials, and tools necessary to complete the work as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications.
Special Provisions SP 85 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 7
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS,
WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
7-01 DRAINS
7-01.2 Materials
The second paragraph of Section 7-01.2 is revised as follows:
Drain pipes may be concrete, zinc coated (galvanized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, zinc coated
(galvanized) steel with Asphalt Treatment I, corrugated aluminum alloy, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or corrugated polyethylene (PE) at the option of the Contractor unless the Plans specify the type to be used.
7-01.3 Construction Requirements
Section 7-01.3 is revised as follows:
The second paragraph is revised as follows:
PVC drainpipe shall be jointed with a bell and spigot joint using a flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9-04.8. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainpipe shall be jointed with snap-on, screw-on, or wraparound coupling bands as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing.
The sixth paragraph is revised as follows:
PVC under drain pipe shall be jointed using either the flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9-04.8 or solvent cement as described in Section 9-04.9, at the option of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Plans. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainage tubing under drain pipe shall be jointed with snap-on, screw-on, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing.
7-01.4 Measurement
Section 7-01.4 is supplemented adding the following:
When the Contract does not include "Structure Excavation Class B" or "Structure Excavation Class B Including Haul" as a pay item all costs associated with these items shall be included
in other contract pay items.
Special Provisions SP 86 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-04 STORM SEWERS
7-04.2 Materials
The first paragraph of Section 7-04.2 is revised as follows:
Unless a pipe material is specifically called out on the Plans, materials shall meet the following requirements.
Size Pipe Material Allowed Specification
6” - 18” Diam. High-Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE)
Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe
Ductile Iron Pipe
Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP)
9.05.23
9-05.24(2)
9-05.13
9-05.20
Where bends are specifically called out on the plans, they shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the main pipe and meet the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The second paragraph of Section 7-04.2 is supplemented as follows:
The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representative, stating the specifications to which the materials or products were
manufactured. The Contractor shall provide 2 copies of these certifications to the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by Engineer will not relieve Contractor of his/her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and/or workmanship and Contractor’s own expense.
Section 7-04.2 is supplemented with the following:
Dense foam shall be 6.0 pounds per cubic foot closed cell Polyethylene foam.
Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Storm shall conform to Section 9-03.19.
Direct Pipe Tee Connections:
Direct pipe tee connections for use in gravity-flow sewer and storm drainage direct
connections to pipe shall be Inserta Tee service connections, as manufactured by Inserta Tee and shall meet ASTM F2946 and consist of a PVC hub, rubber sleeve, and stainless steel band. Connection shall be a compression fit into the cored wall of a mainline pipe. Hub shall
be made from heavy-duty PVC material. Stainless steel clamping assembly shall be of SS #301 for the band and housing and SS #305 for screws. Rubber sleeve and gasket, when applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. Gaskets shall be installed by the
Special Provisions SP 87 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
manufacturer. A water-based solution provided by the manufacturer shall be used during assembly. Inserta Tee product shall provide a water connection according to the requirements
of ASTM D3212.
7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing
Section 7-04.3(1) is supplemented with the following:
Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through submittal process, prepare and submit test plan for approval by Engineer. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for any deviations from Drawings and Specifications. Repair, correct, and retest sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed pipeline remains untested at one time. Perform testing under observation of Engineer or Inspector.
Schedule testing during no rain. Plug the lower end of the pipe if needed to test pipe. All pipe larger than 30-inch diameter shall have joints individually tested for Joint Tightness.
Prior to final backfill, all joints shall be individually tested using low-pressure air per ASTM C1103. For the installation of any flexible pipe larger than 30-inches in diameter, the Contractor shall retain the services of a pipe manufacturer representative, knowledgeable in the installation methods and practices for the specific pipe product used on this project, as well as on the installation practices for flexible pipelines in general. The manufacturer’s representative shall be present full time on site during the construction of the first 300 feet of pipe installation, and part-time, as required, thereafter until the entire pipeline installation is complete. The manufacturer’s representative shall observe pipe foundation, pipe installation, placement and compaction of pipe zone bedding and backfill, and testing procedures. The manufacturer’s representative shall notify Engineer and Contractor of any non-conforming installation, identifying the manufacturer recommended corrective action(s), within 24 hours of such occurrence. All flexible pipe shall be tested for maximum pipe deflection by pulling a rigid mandrel through the entire (i.e., 100%) flexible pipe length installed. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 5%. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D3034, and be performed no
sooner than 30 days after backfilling and prior to final acceptance testing of the segment. Submit test results to the Engineer.
1. Rigid mandrel shall have outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of inside diameter (I.D.) of pipe. Inside diameter of pipe, for purpose of determining outside diameter of mandrel, shall be average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Rigid mandrel shall be constructed of metal or rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. Mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or "legs" as long as total number of legs is odd number. Barrel section of mandrel shall have
Special Provisions SP 88 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
length of at least 75 percent of inside diameter of pipe. Rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow reduction in mandrel diameter during
testing. Provide and use proving ring for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Furnish "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate ring of 1/2-inch-thick, 3-inch-wide
bar steel to diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 4. If a rigid mandrel is not available, the Contractor may substitute a round steel bar meeting #3 above. “Testing Storm Sewer Pipe”, per linear foot shall be incidental to and included in storm sewer pipe bid items.
Add new Section 7-04.3(3):
7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections
Section 7-04.3(3) is a new added section as follows: Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance verification may be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487, ASTM F1417 or ASTM C1103. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing any pipe material.
Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates. Installation: Installation shall be accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended
installation guidelines. Backfill around the Inserta Tee service connection shall be, at a minimum, of the same material type and compaction level as specified for the mainline pipe installation.
7-04.3(4) Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe
Section 7-04.3(4) is a new added section as follows:
The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4-5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105.
7-04.4 Measurement
Section 7-04.4 is supplemented with the following: Measurement for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Storm" will be per Ton and will be based on the weight of material installed into the Work. Certified weight tickets shall accompany each load, a copy of tickets shall be given to the Engineer daily. Wasted materials
will not be included in the measurement or payment. Only materials placed within the pay limits shown will be considered for measurement and payment. Material placed outside of the pay limits shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer will be deducted from the
certified tickets.
Special Provisions SP 89 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-04.5 Payment
Section 7-04.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe __ In. Diam.”, per linear foot.
The unit Contract price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe of any kind and size specified shall be full pay for all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install the item complete including removal, hauling, and disposing of pavement; Structure excavation including haul; backfilling with native material; bedding materials; compaction; and cleaning (flushing), polyethylene encasement, and testing the pipe. “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Storm”, per ton.
7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
Section 7-05.3 is supplemented by adding the following:
Connection to manholes or catch basins for storm sewer pipe less than 24-inch shall be “Kor-n-Seal” boot or approved equal.
Sanitary sewer pipe to sanitary sewer manhole connections shall be “Kor-n-Seal” boot or approved equal.
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade
Section 7-05.3(1) is replaced with:
Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch
basins, area drains, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated by the Engineer.
The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation. From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required elevation.
The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per standard detail 400.1, prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6” above grade.
In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of the street Work. After placing the gravel or
crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion
Special Provisions SP 90 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
of the manhole adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly
compacted.
In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final
adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall be taken not to alter the position of the casting in any way.
In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material be removed to permit removal of the cover. The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on the concrete blocks and wedged up to the desired grade. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the cast iron frame plus two feet. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 4000 or Commercial Portland Cement Concrete shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced up to but not to exceed 2 inches of the finished pavement surface. On the day
following placement of the concrete, the edge of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Asphalt Class G concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The complete patch
shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. The inside throat of the manhole shall be thoroughly mortared and plastered.
Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using curb and gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section shall be solidly embedded in concrete also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches below the top of the frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be
constructed in the same manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets shall be mortared and plastered.
Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall be
adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes.
Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes.
The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required.
Special Provisions SP 91 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes
Section 7-05.3(2) is revised as follows:
Where it is required that an existing manhole be abandoned, the structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface elevation, all connections plugged, the manhole base shall be fractured to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with
sand and compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C. Debris resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the sand subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged and all other surplus material disposed of.
Add New Section 7-05.3(2)A:
7-05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes
Where it is required that an existing storm sewer pipe be abandoned (or portions of pipe installed as part of this project which are to be abandoned as shown on the Plans), the structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface elevation, all connections plugged, the manhole base shall be fractured to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with sand and compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C. Debris resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the sand subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged and all other surplus material disposed of.
A cement-based grout shall be used to fill the void of the abandoned storm sewer pipe. The grouting material must have a strength of at least 100 psi and shall have flow characteristics appropriate for filling a storm sewer. The grout mix designed and method of installation shall
be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning the operation (See Section 9-03.22).
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Catch Basins
Section 7-05.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following:
Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch basin, curb inlets and/or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re-grout the opening in a workmanlike manner. Where directed by the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional structure channeling will be required.
Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall be equal to “Kor-n-Seal” boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned, repaired, and re-channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as shown on the Construction Plans.
A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to an existing line. No "connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation and adjustment of line manholes,
catch basins, or curb inlets.
Special Provisions SP 92 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Any damage to existing pipe or structure that is to remain in place resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at her/his own expense.
The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required.
7-05.5 Payment
Section 7-05.5 is supplemented with the following: “Shallow Concrete Inlet”, per each. The unit Contract price per each for manholes, inlets, and catch basins of any kind and size specified shall be full pay for all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install the item complete including removal, hauling, and disposing of pavement; Structure excavation including haul; bedding and backfill materials; compaction; and seals; riser, conversion risers and frames and grates (open and solid). The unit Contract price per each for “Connection to Drainage Structure” shall be full pay for all costs necessary to connect new drainage pipe to existing drainage structures such as catch basins, manholes, and inlets; or to connect new drainage structures such as catch basins, manholes, and inlets to existing drainage pipe.
“Adjust Storm Drainage Structure”, per each.
“Adjust Sewer Manhole”, per each. “Adjust Cleanout to Grade”, per each. The unit Contract price per each for “Adjust Cleanout to Grade” shall be full pay for all labor, materials and equipment required to adjust existing cleanout to finished grade. “Furnish and Install Rectangular Solid Metal Cover”, per each. “Furnish and Install Bi-Directional Locking Vaned Grate”, per each. “The unit Contract price per each for “Furnish and Install Rectangular Solid Metal Cover” and “Furnish and Install Locking Bi-Directional Vaned Grate” shall full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required to remove and salvage existing cover/grate from existing storm drainage structure, furnish and install new rectangular solid metal cover/locking vaned
grate, and adjust to finished grade.
7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
Section 7-08.3(1)A is supplemented by adding the following:
Special Provisions SP 93 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
To minimize trench subgrade disturbance during excavation, all trench excavation for new storm drain shall done with a smooth-edge bucket rather than a toothed bucket.
All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off-site at an approved Contractor-provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City.
Trench Excavation Incl. Haul includes the trench excavation for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction in accordance with the trench limits outlined on the plan drawings. All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off-site at an approved Contractor-provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City.
Contaminated Trench Excavation includes the trench excavation of materials characterized as contaminated based on sampling results for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction and in accordance with the trench limits outlined on the plan drawings. This excavated soil shall be managed in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations outlined in the Contract Documents. Handling and disposal of materials shall adhere to all transportation requirements, receive pre-approval from a disposal facility, manifesting, and
record keeping, etc., as outlined in the Contractor’s Contaminated Soil and Groundwater Handling and Management Plan. The excavations will require a shoring system to limit the volume of excavation. Excavation outside the trench limits shown on the plan drawings shall
be at no additional expense to the City.
7-08.3(1)B Shoring
Section 7-08.3(1)B is supplemented by adding the following:
Temporary shoring shall be designed to resist the lateral earth pressure resulting from the soil and ground water as well as any traffic and /or construction surcharge loads. A shoring and excavation plan shall be submitted to the City prior to the Preconstruction Conference for review and approval. The plan shall outline the specific measure to be taken for temporary support and the protection of utilities and structures. The shoring plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and shall cover shoring for all pipe and structures. The shoring plan shall identify precautions to be taken during removal of the shoring to minimize disturbances of the pipe and underlying bedding materials, and native soils. All new storm drain installed shall be shored. Minimum shoring technique shall be trench box. More extensive shoring may be needed in areas working in close proximity to other utilities. Contractor is responsible for using shoring system capable of protecting adjacent utilities.
In areas of soft or loose soils with sloughing potential, a trench box shall not be used as it does not provide adequate sidewall support or protection for existing utilities. Alternative shoring systems for utility protection, trench support or to minimize the area affected by trench
excavation include steel plates with adjustable or hydraulic bracing, or interlocking sheet piles with internal bracing. Precautions shall be taken during the removal of the shoring to minimize disturbance of the pipe, underlying bedding materials, and native soils.
Special Provisions SP 94 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe
Section 7-08.3(1)C is supplemented by adding the following:
Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of clean, granular pea gravel consistent with Section 9-03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the exterior walls of
the pipe. For all pipe bedding, hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe haunches will be required. Pipe bedding should provide a firm uniform cradle for support of the pipes. Prior to installation of the pipe, the pipe bedding should be shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe exterior with reasonable closeness to provide uniform support along the pipe. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort. Pipe bedding material should be used as pipe zone backfill and placed in layers and tamped around the pipes to obtain complete contact. Bedding material shall meet the requirements of Gravel backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding in
accordance with Standard Specification Section 9-03.12(3). Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made.
In areas where the subgrade soils in the trench excavation consist of fine-grained soils, such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use a geotextile separator fabric be placed over the native soils prior to placement of the pipe bedding. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for Separation. Geotextile shall be paid for by other items. Add New Section 7-08.3(1)D:
7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation
Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly support the pipe, such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12-inch lifts. Foundation gravel shall be CSBC and conform to the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications.
Corrections faulty grade: Excess excavation below grade shall be backfilled with foundation gravel as specified above and thoroughly compacted to the required grade line.
7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade
Section 7-08.3(2)A is replaced with: Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.4, 1-05.5 and 1-11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 95 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General
Section 7-08.3(2)B is supplemented by adding the following:
Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2" or less, which indicates a satisfactory
condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight-tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner, which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before
lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of
burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Except for short runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical
position. Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked
with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement.
7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints
Section 7-08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows:
Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe
Section 7-08.3(2)G is supplemented as follows: Storm Sewer repair couplings shall be Fernco, Inc. “Strong-Back” or approved equal.
Special Provisions SP 96 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections
Section 7-08.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following:
All connections not occurring at a manhole or catch basin shall be done utilizing pre-manufactured tee connectors or pipe sections approved by the Engineer. Any other method
or materials proposed for use in making connections shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all connections of lateral sewers to existing mains shall be made through a cast iron saddle secured to the sewer main with stainless steel bands. When the existing main is constructed of PVC, plain or reinforced concrete, cast or ductile iron pipe, the existing main shall be core drilled. When the existing main is constructed of vitrified clay, the main shall be re-sectioned with flexible couplings, Fernco or approved equal. Connections (unless booted connections have been provided for) to existing concrete manholes shall be per Section 7-05.3(3).
7-08.3(2)J Placing PVC Pipe
Section 7-08.3(2)J is an added new section:
In the trench, prepared as specified in Section 7-02.3(1) PVC pipe shall be laid beginning at the lower end, with the bell end upgrade. Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding will be used as the bedding material and extend from 6" below the bottom of the pipe to 6" above the top
of the pipe. When it is necessary to connect to a structure with a mudded joint a rubber gasketed concrete adapter-collar will be used at the point of connection. Add New Section 7-08.3(3)A:
7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Pipe Trenches
To the maximum extent available, suitable material obtained from trench or pond excavation shall be used for trench backfill. All material placed as trench backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 6 inches in their greatest dimension, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials. No stones or rock shall be placed in the upper three feet of trench backfill. Rock or stones within the allowable size limit incorporated in the remainder of fills shall be distributed so that they do not congregate or interfere with proper compaction. The existing soils shall not be reused as trench backfill unless otherwise required by the
Engineer. Structural fill shall consist of Gravel Borrow, meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) of the Standard Specifications. It should be free of gravel, organics and other debris. The structural trench backfill should be moisture conditioned to within approximately 3
percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose horizontal lifts less than 6 inches in thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD) as determined by the Modified Proctor compaction test method ASTM D 1557. Trench backfill shall be densely compacted in a systematic manner using methods that consistently produce adequate compaction levels. During placement of the initial lifts, the trench backfill material shall not be bulldozed into the trench or dropped directly on the pipe.
Special Provisions SP 97 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Heavy vibratory equipment shall not permitted to operate directly over the pipe until a minimum of 2 feet of backfill has been placed over the pipe bedding.
Contactor shall take special care to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed in accordance with the Shoring Plan.
The Engineer may be on-site to collect soil samples and to test compaction. The Contractor shall provide site access at all times for compaction testing and sample collection. Areas of the trench which fail to meet the compaction requirements shall be removed and replace and re-compacted at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement of backfill, sub-base, and pavement that may occur during the period stipulated in the Contract conditions. All repairs necessary due to settlement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. Backfill in unimproved areas shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum dry density
as determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D1557. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of any excess excavated material. Special
care must be taken to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed. Moreover, attention must be paid to ensuring good compaction around manholes.
Add New Section 7-08.3(5):
7-08.3(5) Television Inspection
All storm drain main lines constructed as part of this project shall be inspected by the use of
a television camera before substantial completion. The costs incurred in making the inspection shall be paid for under “Television Inspection.” In addition, the storm drains shall be free of water during TV inspection.
The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in correcting any deficiencies found during television inspection, including the cost of any additional television inspection that may be required by the Engineer to verify the correction of said deficiency. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred in any television inspection performed solely for the benefit of the Contractor. Once the “Television Inspection” has been completed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the written reports of the inspection plus the inspection video recordings. Video recordings shall be in color and provided on a CD or DVD that is viewable in Moving Picture
Experts Group (MPEG) format and compatible for viewing using Microsoft Windows Media Player, Apple QuickTime Player, and Adobe Flash Player. The video shall be compatible with GraniteXP, the City of Renton’s software for storing, viewing and managing inspection videos.
The Contractor shall use television inspection report forms as considered industry standard and as approved by the Engineer, and provide completed forms and video recordings of the completed “Television Inspection” to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall also:
Special Provisions SP 98 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
• Introduce water prior to starting the television inspection to allow any sags in the pipe to be seen in the video.
• Mount a 1-inch ball in front of the camera head. The ball would be seen rolling in the video and give a visual reference for the depth of water.
• Ensure that the video references each storm pipe segment to the upstream and downstream connecting structures. The Contractor shall correct all deficiencies found during the video inspection and demonstrate that the correction was made with an updated inspection PTZ video. Maximum allowable ponding depth detected by video inspection shall be 0.5 inches. For apparent water tightness deficiencies identified by the video inspection, the City may at its discretion accept the storm pipe line(s) for which the Contractor demonstrates meet standards per Section 7-04.3(1)E (Exfiltration Test – Storm Sewers) or 7-04.3(1)F (Low
Pressure Air Test).
7-08.5 Payment
Section 7-08.5 is supplemented with the following: "Shoring or Extra Excavation Trench", lump sum.
Payment for "Shoring or Extra Excavation Trench" will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount bid, said payment will be complete compensation for all labor, equipment , materials, hauling, planning, design, engineering, submittals, furnishing and constructing and removal and disposal of such temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing to complete the work and ensure worker safety, as defined and shown in the contract specifications and plans, and as required under the provisions of any permits and in the requirements of OSHA and Chapter 49.17 RCW, and Chapter 39.04.180 RCW. Payment for plugging and abandoning existing drainage and sewer pipe shall be included in the lump sum Bid item for “Removal of Structure and Obstruction” per Section 2-02.5.
7-09 WATER MAINS
7-09.2 Materials
Section 7-09.2 is supplemented with the following:
Spacers and Seals for Steel Casing Pipe shall be per Section 9-30.2(4) of these Special Provisions.
Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings shall be per Section 9-30.2(6) of these Special Provisions.
7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe
The first paragraph of Section 7-09.3(15)A is revised as follows: Long radius (500 feet or more) curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved in the Plans and no special fittings
Special Provisions SP 99 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum
lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve shall not exceed one half of the manufacturer’s printed recommended deflections.
7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 Inches and Over)
Section 7-09.3(15)B is supplemented as follows:
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall not be used for water mains and appurtenances. 7-09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement
The title and text of section 7-09.3(17) has been revised as follows:
The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and
polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4-5
of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105.
The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-93.
Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be allowed.
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
Section 7-09.3(19)A is revised and supplemented as follows: The Contractor may be required to perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. The Contractor shall not operate any valves on the existing system. Water system personnel will operate all valves on the existing system for the Contractor when required.
No Work shall be performed on the connections unless a representative of the water department is present to inspect the Work. When not stated otherwise in the special provisions or on the plans, all connections to existing water mains will be done by City forces as provided below:
City Installed Connections: Connections to existing piping and tie-ins are indicated on the drawings. The Contractor must
verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to assure proper fit. Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the necessary
arrangements with the Engineer in advance. A two-week advance notice shall be required for each connection which requires a cutting of
Special Provisions SP 100 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
the existing water mains or a shut-down of the existing water mains. The City reserves the right to re-schedule the connection if the Work area is not ready at the scheduled time for the
connection. Work shall not be started until all the materials, equipment and labor necessary to properly
complete the Work are assembled on site. The Contractor shall provide all saw-cutting, removal and disposal of existing surface improvements, excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable materials, shoring, de-watering, foundation material, at the connection areas before the scheduled time for the connection by the City. The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary to install all connections as indicated on the construction plans, including but not limited to the required fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the connections. The Contractor shall provide and install concrete blocking, polywrap the piping at the connections, backfill and surface restoration at the locations shown on the plans for the connections to the existing water mains. The City will cut the existing main and assemble all materials.
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Block
Section 7-09.3(21) has been supplemented by adding the following: Provide concrete blocking at all hydrants, fittings and horizontal or vertical angle points. Conform to the City of Renton Standard Details for general blocking, and vertical blocks herein. All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped with 8-mil polyethylene plastic. Concrete blocking shall be properly formed with plywood or other acceptable forming materials and shall not be poured around joints. The forms shall be stripped prior to backfilling. Joint restraint (shackle rods), where required, shall be installed in accordance with Section 7-11.3(15). Provide concrete dead-man blocks at locations shown on the plans. The dead-man block shall include reinforcing steels, shackle rods, installation and removal of formwork. Blocking shall be commercial concrete (hand-mixed concrete is not allowed) and poured in place.
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
Section 7-09.3(23) is supplemented and revised as follows: A hydrant meter and a backflow prevention device will be used when drawing water from the City system. These may be obtained from the City by completing the required forms and making the required security deposits. There will be a charge for the water used. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the contractor shall install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water.
After all the air has been expelled, the corporation cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied. At the conclusion of the pressure test, the corporation cocks shall be removed and plugged.
The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined by either 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurements
can be made by the Owner or, 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter
Special Provisions SP 101 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Engineer.
Acceptability of the test will be determined by two factors, as follows:
1. The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as listed in the following table. 2. The loss in pressure shall not exceed 5 psi during the 2 hour test period. All water used to perform hydrostatic pressure shall be charged a usage fee. Allowable leakage per 1000 ft. of pipeline* in GPH Nominal Pipe Diameter in inches
PSI 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24"
450 0.95 1.27 1.59 1.91 2.55 3.18 3.82
400 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60
350 0.84 1.12 1.40 1.69 2.25 2.81 3.37
275 0.75 1.00 1.24 1.49 1.99 2.49 2.99
250 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.85
225 0.68 0.90 1.13 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70
200 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12 2.55
*If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used:
The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula:
L=ND P
7400
in which:
L = Allowable leakage, gallons/hour N = No. of joints in the length of pipeline tested D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, psi
The paragraph stating that “There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during the 15 minute test period.” is deleted.
7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly-pigging"
Section 7-09.3(24)A including title, shall be revised and supplemented as follows: Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be poly-pigged to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If the main cannot be "poly-pigged", then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop a velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the main.
Special Provisions SP 102 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The "Poly-pig" shall be equal to Girard Industries Aqua-Swab-AS, 2lb/cu-ft density foam with 90A durometer urethane rubber coating on the rear of the "Poly-pig" only. The "Poly-pig" shall
be cylinder shaped with bullet nose or squared end.
The paragraph stating: “Where dry calcium hypochlorite is used for disinfection of the pipe,
flushing shall be done after disinfection.” is deleted.
Dechlorination of all water used for disinfection shall be accomplished in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details. Water containing chlorine residual in excess of that carried in the existing water system, shall not be disposed into the storm drainage system or any
water way.
7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite
Section 7-09.3(24)D has been replaced with the following:
Dry calcium hypochlorite shall not be placed in the pipe as laid.
7-09.3(24)K Retention Period
Section 7-09.3(24)K has been revised as follows: Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 24 hours but no longer than 48 hours. After this period, the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 mg/l.
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing
Section 7-09.3(24)N has been revised as follows: Before placing the lines into service, a satisfactory report shall be received from the local or State health department or an approved testing lab on samples collected from representative points in the new system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Engineer.
Add New Section 7-09.3(25): 7-09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems General:
Where shown on the plans or in the specifications or required by the Engineer, joint restraint system (shackle rods) shall be used. All joint restraint materials used shall be those manufactured by Star National Products, 1323 Holly Avenue, PO Box 258, Columbus Ohio 43216, unless an equal alternate is approved in writing by the Engineer.
Materials:
Steel types used shall be:
High strength low-alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, heat-treated, superstar "SST" series.
Special Provisions SP 103 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
High strength low-alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, superstar "SS" series.
Items to be galvanized are to meet the following requirements:
ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes.
Joint restrainer system components:
Tiebolt: ASTM A242, type 2, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SST 7:5/8" for 2" and 3"
mechanical joints, 3/4" for 4" to 12" mechanical joints, ASTM A325, type 3D, except tensile strength of full-body threaded section shall be increased to 40,000 lbs. minimum for 5/8" and 60,000 lbs. minimum for 3/4" by heat treating (quenching and tempering) to manufacturer’s reheat and hardness specifications. SST 753: 3/4" for 14" to 24" mechanical joints. same ASTM specification as SST 7. SST 77: 3/4" same as SST 7, except 1" eye for 7/8" rod. same ASTM specification as SST 7.
Tienut: heavy hex nut for each tiebolt: SS8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade C3, or zinc
plated. S8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade A, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized.
Tiecoupling: used to extend continuous threaded rods and are provided with a center stop to aid installation, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade C3. S10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade A.
Tierod: continuous threaded rod for cutting to desired lengths, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A242, type 2; ANSI B1.1. S12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A36, A307. Tiewasher: round flat washers, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS17: ASTM A242,
F436. S17: ANSI B18.22.1. Installation:
Install the joint restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions so all joints are mechanically locked together to prevent joint separation. Tiebolts shall be installed to pull against the mechanical joint body and not the MJ follower. Torque nuts at 75-90 foot pounds for 3/4" nuts. Install tiecouplings with both rods threaded equal distance into tiecouplings. Arrange tierods symmetrically around the pipe.
Special Provisions SP 104 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 4" ....................................................... 2 6" ....................................................... 2 8" ....................................................... 3 10" ...................................................... 4 12" ...................................................... 6 14" ...................................................... 8 16" ...................................................... 8 18" ...................................................... 8 20" ...................................................... 10 24" ...................................................... 14 30" ...................................................... (16-7/8"rods) 36" ...................................................... (24-7/8"rods)
Where a manufacturer’s mechanical joint valve or fitting is supplied with slots for "T" bolts instead of holes, a flanged valve with a flange by mechanical joint adapter shall be used instead, so as to provide adequate space for locating the tiebolts.
Where a continuous run of pipe is required to be restrained, no run of restrained pipe shall be greater than 60 feet in length between fittings. Insert long body solid sleeves as required on
longer runs to keep tierod lengths to the 60 foot maximum. Pipe used in continuously restrained runs shall be mechanical joint pipe and tiebolts shall be installed as rod guides at each joint.
Where poly wrapping is required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers, shall be galvanized. All disturbed sections will be painted, to the Inspector’s satisfaction, with koppers bitomastic no. 300-m, or approved equal.
Where poly wrapping is not required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods and tiewashers may be galvanized as specified in the preceding paragraph or plain and painted in the entirety with koppers bitumastic no. 800-m, or approved equal.
Tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers shall be considered incidental to installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be made.
Add New Section 7-09.3(26):
7-09.3(26) Abandonment of Existing Water Pipe
Where shown in the Plans or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall abandon existing water lines per Section 7-08.3(4) of the Standard Specifications and
these Special Provisions. Where the remaining portion of the existing water main is to remain in service following removal of the designated water main, hydrant assembly, or water service connection, the Contractor shall install a permanent cast iron or ductile iron cap or plug with
associated fittings and thrust block.
Add new Section 7-09.3(27):
Special Provisions SP 105 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-09.3(27) Installation of Water Main in Existing Steel Casing
Section 7-09.3(27) is a new added section as follows:
Water main installation in existing casing shall not disturb existing railroad track. Method of installation shall be determined by the Contractor and submitted for Engineer approval.
Contractor Submittals
Submit all procedures or material descriptions requiring the Engineer’s approval prior to mobilizing. Include the following information in the operations and design submittal:
Submittal requirements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Verification of Line and grade calculations of existing casing prior to water main installation. 2. Copies of field notes used to establish grade. 3. Material list. 4. Details on casing spacer and seal materials, dimensions and installation procedures and recommendations.. 5. Method for preventing settlement during water main installation and related work. 6. Method for monitoring surface settlement, including railroad track monitoring. 7. Methods for removal of obstructions.
7-09.4 Measurement
Section 7-09.4 is supplemented and revised as follows: Measurement for "Furnish and Install ____Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings”, will be per Linear Foot and will be based on the actual lineal footage measured horizontally over the centerline of the installed pipe and fittings. No deductions will be made for the linear length of fittings, valves, couplings, etc. contained within the measured length. At changes in pipe size connected by a reducer, the point of measurement will be taken as the midpoint of the reducer. Measurement includes installation of water main with spacers in existing steel casing. Measurement for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill" will be per Ton and will be based on the weight of material installed into the Work. Certified weight tickets shall accompany each load, a copy of tickets shall be given to the Engineer daily. Wasted materials will not be
included in the measurement or payment. Only materials placed within the pay limits shown will be considered for measurement and payment. Material placed outside of the pay limits shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer will be deducted from the certified tickets.
Measurement for "Connection to Existing Water Main" will per each connection for completion in conformance with the Contract Documents. Each connection includes two separate steps
consisting of the initial cut-in of the existing water main and the final connection of the new water main to the initial cut-in of the existing water main.
Measurement of concrete for thrust blocking, horizontal and vertical, dead-man anchor blocks will be per cubic yard for all concrete installed for thrust blocking and dead-man anchor blocks in conformance with the Contract Documents.
Special Provisions SP 106 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-09.5 Payment
Section 7-09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: “Remove or Abandon Existing Water System”, lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for ‘Remove or Abandon Existing Water System’ shall be full
compensation for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary and incidental for excavation, disposal/salvage of materials, cutting, removal, and disposal of pipe, plugging and capping water lines and fire hydrant runs, removal valves, valve boxes, tees, services, and
appurtenances as shown on the Plans or as required to complete the Work, backfilling voids left by removed items with suitable native material or gravel borrow as approved by the Engineer. Gravel Borrow shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.14 of the Standard
Specifications and shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density per Section 2-03.3(14)D. "Furnish and Install ____Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings”, per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of “Furnish and Install ____Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings" shall be full pay for all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following:
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location, including potholing in advance for existing side sewers and television inspection of existing sanitary sewer to determine location of side sewer branches if necessary.
• Casing spacers and seal materials for installation of water main in existing casing.
• Saw cutting up to 12 inches in depth, trench excavation, and dewatering (if needed),
• Bypass sewer pumping (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of waste materials including but not limited to pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material, existing pipes, fittings, and structures in the excavation,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Furnishing, installing, laying and jointing water pipes and fittings of the size, type and class shown, polyethylene encasement, special fittings, horizontal and vertical bends, mechanical joint pipe restraint, vertical crosses for poly-pigging, shackle rods, temporary blow-off assemblies, and all incidentals,
• Deflecting the pipe as required to cross over or under existing and new buried utilities,
• Furnishing and installing sand or foam cushioning between the water main and other pipes or utilities where required,
• Furnishing bedding materials, placing and compacting pipe bedding, as shown on the plans,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Testing, poly-pigging, disinfecting and flushing of new valves,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities.
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching
Special Provisions SP 107 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
"Connection to Existing Water Main", per each. The unit contract price per each for “Connection to Existing Water Main” shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following:
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location,
• Saw cutting, trench excavation, shoring and dewatering (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the excavation and the like,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Furnishing all required pipes, fittings, adapters, couplings and incidentals as required for City’s water department’s personnel to perform the initial cut-in installation of
valves, and fittings on the existing water main(s),
• Furnishing all required pipes, fittings, adapters, couplings and incidentals as required
for City’s water department’s personnel to perform the second and final connection of the new water line to the existing water system and to the valves installed during the initial cut-in as described above,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching. "Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Anchor Blocks", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Anchor Blocks" shall be full pay for providing all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not
be limited to the following:
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location,
• Saw cutting, trench excavation, shoring and dewatering (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the excavation
and the like,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Furnishing and placing concrete for vertical and horizontal blocks, dead-man anchor blocks, reinforcing steel, shackle rods, clamp assembly, anchor bolts, turnbuckles, concrete form work,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities.
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14.
Special Provisions SP 108 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS
7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post
Section 7-12.3(1) has been revised as follows:
Where required, a valve marker post shall be furnished and installed with each valve. Valve marker posts shall be placed at the edge of the right-of-way opposite the valve and be set
with 18 inches of the post exposed above grade.
The rest of this section is deleted.
Add New Section 7-12.3(2):
7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade
Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes, as detailed in Section 7-05.3(1) of the City of Renton Standard Details. Valve box adjustments shall include, but not be limited to, the locations shown on the Plans.
Existing roadway valve boxes shall be adjusted to conform to final finished grades. The final installation shall be made in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 7-12.
In the event that the existing valve box is plugged or blocked with debris, the Contractor shall use whatever means necessary to remove such debris, leaving the valve installation in a fully operable condition.
The valve box shall be set to an elevation tolerance of one-fourth inch (1/4") to one-half inch (1/2") below finished grade.
7-12.4 Measurement
Section 7-12.4 is supplemented by adding the following: Adjustment of existing valve boxes to grade shall be measured per each, if included as a
separate pay item in the Contract; if not a separate pay item but required to complete the Work, then value box adjustment shall be considered incidental.
Hydrant auxiliary gate valve will be included in the measurement for hydrant assembly and will not be included in this measurement item.
7-12.5 Payment Section 7-12.5 is replaced with the following: "Furnish and Install ____In. Gate Valve Assembly”, per each. The unit contract price per each for "Furnish and Install ____In. Gate Valve Assembly" shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following:
Special Provisions SP 109 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location,
• Saw cutting, trench excavation, and dewatering (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the excavation and the like,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Furnishing and installing valves, valve boxes and covers to grade, stem extensions,
valve marker posts, pipe nipples, couplings, polyethylene encasement, concrete blocking, and all incidentals,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching "Adjust Existing Water Valve Box to Grade (RC)," per each. The contract bid price for "Adjust Existing Water Valve Box to Grade (RC)", per each, shall be
full compensation to perform the Work as specified in the Standards Specifications and Standard Plans including the furnishing, placing, resetting, adjustment of all accessories such as cast iron valve boxes and covers as required to match the new pavement elevation. Also
included in the unit price are structure excavation, trench backfill and pavement restoration and restoration of adjacent area directly surrounding the water valve box.
7-14 HYDRANTS
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants
Paragraph four and five of Section 7-14.3(1) is revised and the section is supplemented as follows:
After all installation and testing is complete, the exposed portion of the hydrant shall be painted with two field coats. The type and color of paint will be designated by the Engineer.
Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag approved by the Engineer.
Hydrants shall be installed in accordance with AWWA specifications C600-93, Sections 3.7 and 3.8.1 and the City of Renton Standard Details. Hydrant and guard posts shall be painted in accordance with the standard details. Upon completion of the project, all fire hydrants shall be painted to the City of Renton specifications and guard posts painted with two coats of preservative paint NO. 43-655 Safety Yellow or approved equal. Fire hydrants shall be of such length as to be suitable for installation with connections to 6", 8" AND 10" piping in trenches 3 - 1/2 feet deep unless otherwise specified. The hydrant shall be designed for a 4-1/2 foot burial where 12" and larger pipe is shown unless otherwise noted on the plan.
Fire hydrant assembly shall include: cast-iron or ductile iron tee (MJ x FL), 6" gate valve (FL
x MJ), 6" DI spool (PE x PE), 5-1/4" MVO fire hydrant (MJ connection), 4" x 5" Stortz adapter, cast iron valve box and cover, 3/4" shackle rods and accessories, concrete blocks and two concrete guard posts (only if hydrants are outside of right-of-way).
Special Provisions SP 110 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Joint restraint (Shackle Rods) shall be installed in accordance with Section 7-11.3(15).
7-14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants
Section 7-14.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following:
All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type.
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants
Section 7-14.3(4) is supplemented by adding the following:
All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation
of the same type.
7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant
Section 7-14.3(7) is added as follows:
Existing hydrants shall be removed where shown in the Plans. Removed hydrants shall be delivered to the City of Renton shops by the Contractor. The existing hydrant lateral tee shall be removed from the main.
Removing and salvaging existing hydrants and lateral tee shall be measured and paid under the bid item “Remove and Salvage Hydrant” per each.
7-14.5 Payment
Section 7-14.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: “Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly”, per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly”, shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract
documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following:
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location,
• Saw cutting, trench excavation, and dewatering (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the excavation and the like,
• Removal of existing fire hydrant, if existing hydrant is being replaced,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Furnishing and installing new fire hydrant assembly, standpipe, shoe, and 6-inch
Special Provisions SP 111 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DI piping, Storz adapter,
• Furnishing and installing shut-off valve, valve box, valve extension,
• Furnishing and installing shackles, tie-rods, concrete blocking, and joint restraints, drain rocks, polyfilm,
• Adjust hydrant to finish grade and install concrete shear block,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Testing, disinfecting and flushing of new hydrants,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching
• Painting the hydrants
“Remove and Salvage Hydrant” per each.
7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
7-15.3 Construction Requirements
Section 7-15.3 is supplemented as follows: Pipe materials used to extend or replace existing water service lines shall be copper. Where installation is in existing paved streets, the service lines shall be installed by a
trenchless percussion and impact method (hoe-hogging). If the trenchless percussion and impact method fails, regular open trench methods may be used.
7-15.5 Payment
Section 7-15.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid item when it is included in the proposal:
“Furnish and Install ____ In. Water Service Connection”, per each. The unit contract price per each for "Furnish and Install ____ In. Water Service Connection”, shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following:
• Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal and vertical location,
• Saw cutting, trench excavation as needed, shoring and dewatering (if needed),
• Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the excavation and the like,
• Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
• Boring, hole-hogging, tunneling, mechanical or hand trenching to install new water service lines,
• For 1 In. water service, furnishing and installing new ball valve corporation stops,
Special Provisions SP 112 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
tapping the main, laying and jointing the new copper water service lines and fittings, new meter setter, new meter boxes and lids,
• For 1-1/2 In. and 2 In. water service, furnishing and installing tapped tee, gate valve, valve box, laying and jointing the new copper water service lines and fittings, new
meter setter, new meter boxes and lids,
• For 4 In. water service connection, furnishing and installing tee, gate valve, valve box, and ductile iron pipe to connect to existing at property line,
• Testing, disinfecting and flushing the new service line,
• Connecting the customer-side private service line to the new copper tailpiece behind the new meter setter and property lines,
• Placing and compacting trench backfill,
• Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities.
• Restoration of public and private properties
• Furnishing and placing temporary pavement patching “Adjust Existing Water Meter Box to Grade”, per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Existing Water Meter Box to Grade”, shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to adjust water meter box to finished
grade.
Special Provisions SP 113 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Add New Section 7-16:
7-16 TEMPORARY WATER BYPASS SYSTEM (NEW SECTION)
7-16.1 Description
This work shall consist of installing, maintaining and removal of temporary domestic water service lines and of temporary fire service mains and hydrants, when the existing water mains
are non-operational and/or are abandoned or removed for the construction of the new water lines and of other improvements.
7-16.2 Materials
Materials shall meet Sections 7-09, 7-12, 7-14, 7-15 of the Standards Specifications and all applicable sections of the contract documents.
7-16.3 Construction Requirements
The contract plans include a schematic water by-pass plan layout of service connections for the contractor’s consideration. The contractor shall develop and submit a temporary domestic water service and a temporary fire protection water service and sequencing plan to the Engineer and to the Renton Fire Prevention Department for review and approval at least 10 calendar days prior to proceeding with the work. All temporary water service lines and connections shall be metered through the existing water meters.
7-16.4 Measurement
No particular unit of measure shall apply to "Temporary Water Bypass System" which shall
be paid per lump sum.
7-16.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Temporary Water Bypass System, Complete”, lump sum. Payment for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removal of the temporary water bypass
system for domestic water service and for fire protection shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, tools, equipment required to complete the work specified in the contract documents and plans, and shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Development and submission of a temporary domestic water service and a temporary fire protection water service and sequencing plan to the Engineer and to the Renton Fire Prevention Department for review and approval, 2. Coordination with Renton Fire Department and provision of required fire watch as needed, 3. Locating all existing utilities and potholing in advance to determine their horizontal
and vertical location, 4. Saw cutting, trench excavation as needed, shoring and dewatering (if needed),
Special Provisions SP 114 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
5. Removal, hauling and disposal of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, surplus and unsuitable excavated material including existing pipes and structures in the
excavation and the like, 6. Stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as pipe bedding and trench backfill as directed by the Engineer,
7. Boring, hole-hogging, tunneling, trenching to install the temporary water service lines, pipes, hydrants, fittings, 8. Furnishing and installing the temporary bypass water line, gate valves, hydrants, tapping the main, laying and jointing the water service lines and fittings, connecting the existing water meters to the by-pass lines, 9. Testing, disinfecting and flushing the new by-pass service line and hydrants, 10. Placing and compacting trench backfill, 11. Replacing, protecting and/or maintaining existing utilities, 12. Removal of all components of the temporary water bypass system upon completion of permanent facilities and restoration of public and private properties.
Special Provisions SP 115 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 8
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
8-01.1 Description
Section 8-01.1 is supplemented with the following:
This project is not required to have a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) because the disturbance area is less than one acre. However, all other applicable provisions of Section 8-01 shall remain in effect.
8-01.3 Construction Requirements
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
Section 8-01.3(1)A is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new TESC Plan. If the Contractor adopts the TESC plan in the Contract, the Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to match the Contractor’s schedule, method of construction, and to include all areas that
will be used to directly support construction activity.
8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning
Section 8-01.3(8) is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project. The Contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks equipped with high-velocity water jets and low-head sprinkling devices, power sweepers, and any other pieces of equipment necessary to avoid creating a nuisance. All streets used by the Contractor during the execution of the work under this contract shall be maintained in a clean condition. Any damage caused by dust and/or mud shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. In no case shall sediment-laden water be allowed to enter drainage facilities without prior filtration or sedimentation.
The roadways shall be swept daily and as needed and kept in a clean condition.
All costs associated with Street Cleaning and Sweeping shall be incidental to the various bid items.
8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection
Section 8-01.3(9)D is supplemented with the following:
Inlet protection can be in the form of internal devices and shall be installed prior to clearing, grubbing, or earthwork activities. Catch Basin Inserts shall be installed on all new Catch
Basins that are constructed as part of this contract.
Special Provisions SP 116 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
When the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately one-half the height of an internal device or one-third the height of the external device (or less if so specified
by the manufacturers), the deposits shall be removed and stabilized on site.
Catch basin inserts shall be installed at all catch basins within project limits and those immediately downstream of the project site that could possibly receive sediment laden runoff
from the site. They shall be installed and meet the requirement of the detail in the Plans. Simply placing a piece of geotextile under the catch basin grate is not acceptable.
Catch basin inserts shall be installed, maintained, inspected, and removed by the Contractor per the Standard Specifications and as recommended by the manufacturer.
Inlet protection devices shall be regularly cleaned at the discretion of the Engineer. The cost of this cleaning is incidental to other items of Work.
8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION
8-02.2 Materials
Section 8-02.2 is supplemented with the following:
Topsoil Type A Section 9-14.2(1)
Fertilizer Section 9-14.4
Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Section 9-14.5(3)
Tree Watering Bag System Section 9-14.9
Root Barrier Section 9-14.10
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction
Section 8-02.3(1) is supplemented with the following:
Dumping or stockpiling of topsoil or bark mulch shall not be allowed on roadway surfaces.
The Contractor shall locate all underground utilities (both new and existing) prior to starting work and shall not disturb or damage them. Promptly notify the Engineer of any conflict between the proposed work and any obstructions. The Contractor shall be responsible for
making any and all repairs for damage caused by his or her activities.
8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan
Section 8-02.3(2)A is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Agency a Roadside Work Plan meeting the requirements of the Standard Specifications a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to commencing the installation of topsoil, bark mulch, irrigation systems, and / or landscape materials.
Special Provisions SP 117 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-02.3(4) Topsoil
Section 8-02.3(4) is supplemented with the following:
Thoroughly scarify subgrade in all planter areas to a minimum depth of eight inches (8”), unless otherwise noted on the plans. Scarified subgrade shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of topsoil. Remove all construction debris and rocks over
two-inches (2”) in diameter prior to placing topsoil.
Topsoil Type A shall be used in any areas requiring additional soil to bring subgrade up to grade, prior to the placement of required depth of Topsoil A as noted on the plans.
Upon approval of the subgrade, Topsoil Type A shall be installed in two lifts. The first six-inch (6”) lift shall be incorporated into the top eight inches (8”) of the subgrade by rototilling. Then the remaining topsoil shall be installed to achieve the minimum compacted depth shown on the Plans. Remove rocks, roots, and debris over 1-inch (1”) diameter in cultivated areas. Lightly compact soil to a compaction rate of no more than 85% and establish a smooth and uniform finished grade to allow surface drainage and prevent ponding.
Areas around existing trees to remain shall not be cultivated within an additional three-foot (3’) radius of the tree dripline or any other areas which appear to have a significant number of existing tree roots.
The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices of other items in this contract.
Coordinate installation of Root Barrier with topsoil installation where shown on the Plans. Root Barrier shall conform to Section 9-14.10 of these Special Provisions and shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer. The cost of providing and
installing Root Barrier shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for trees.
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A
Section 8-02.3(4)A is supplemented with the following:
Topsoil Type A shall conform to Section 9-14.2(1) of these Special Provisions and shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer.
8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation
Section 8-02.3(5) is supplemented with the following:
Finish grade of planter areas shall be brought to a uniform grade, one inch (1”) plus the specified depth of mulch, below walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, and driveways, unless otherwise specified. Finish grades shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to any plant or sod installation.
Any additional fine grading to get a firm smooth surface in the planter areas shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for placement and installation
of Topsoil Type A.
Special Provisions SP 118 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-02.3(6)B Fertilizers
Section 8-02.3(6)B is supplemented with the following:
Trees and shrubs shall be fertilized at a rate according to manufacturer’s recommendations. Fertilizer tablets shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for trees and shrubs.
Fertilizers shall be as specified in Section 9-14.4 Fertilizer, of these Special Provisions.
8-02.3(8)A Dates and Conditions for Planting
Section 8-02.3(8)A is supplemented with the following:
All plant material shall be legibly tagged. Tagging may be by species or variety with minimum of one tag per ten trees, shrubs, groundcovers. Remove all tagging prior to final acceptance.
The Contracting Agency shall reserve the option of selecting and inspecting plant material at the nursery. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with at least one week notice prior to preparing plants for shipping and delivery. The Contractor shall neither deliver to site nor install plant materials until authorized by the Contracting Agency.
Cold storage of plants shall not be permitted.
If planting is delayed more than 24 hours after delivery, set balled and burlapped plants on the ground, well protected with soil or wet peat. Adequately cover all roots of bare root material with soil or wet peat. Protect rootballs from freezing, sun, drying winds or mechanical damage. Water plant material as necessary until planted.
Plants shall not be stored for more than one week. Longer storage period at project site will result in rejection of plant materials by the Contracting Agency.
8-02.3(8)B Plant Installation
Section 8-02.3(8)B is supplemented with the following:
All trees, shrubs, and groundcovers shall be planted as detailed on the Plans. Plant material may be planted outside of the WSOT planting window only with approval by the Engineer, and
with suitable soil and weather conditions. Contractor shall ensure that non-irrigated plant material is provided with adequate water to ensure healthy and thriving plant growth.
Scarify sides and bottom of all planting pits prior to planting. Sufficient planting soil shall be placed around the plant and compacted so as to ensure that the location of the ground line at the top of the root ball is the same as the nursery.
Plant trees upright and face to give best appearance or relationship to adjacent structures and hold rigidly in position until planting soil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the root ball or roots.
Balled and burlapped plants shall be placed in the planting pits with the burlap intact; then the binding shall be removed and all of the burlap or cloth wrapping materials shall be removed
Special Provisions SP 119 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
from the root ball. Remove all plastic, twine and ropes. The plant shall be rejected if the root ball is cracked or broken during removal of wrapping or during the planting process.
When the pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer in planting pit, unless otherwise specified on the plans. Evenly spread fertilizer adjacent to the root system at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root system. Do not injure root system.
Place and compact planting topsoil carefully to avoid injury to roots; fill all voids.
When pit is three-quarters (3/4) backfilled, completely fill with water and allow water to soak away. If water does not drain within ½ hour notify Engineer; tree planting pits which do not drain properly may require drain-rock sump to facilitate drainage. Fill pits with additional soil to finish grade and continue backfilling as detailed on plans.
Tree Watering Bag Systems shall be installed on trees where indicated on the plans. Tree Watering Bag System shall conform to Section 9-14.9 of these Special Provisions and shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer. The cost of providing, installing, and maintaining the Tree Watering Bag System shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for trees.
8-02.3(11)B Bark or Wood Chip Mulch
Section 8-02.3(11)B is supplemented with the following:
Bark Mulch shall be placed over all planting beds to a depth of no less than two inches (2”).
Thoroughly water and hose down plants with a fine spray to wash the leaves of the plants immediately after application.
Bark Mulch shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.5(3) of these Special Provisions and
shall be supplied by a Contractor's supplied source, and as approved by the Engineer. 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment
Section 8-02.3(13) is supplemented with the following:
Plant Establishment Prior to Completion of Initial Planting
The Contractor shall maintain the planting areas and all plants planted within the project limits to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the planted material until initial planting is accepted by the City.
Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, labor and materials necessary for removal of foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining a weed-free condition, and the replacement of all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the contract. All plant material shall be watered, pruned, sprayed and otherwise maintained and protected throughout the plant establishment period at regular intervals. Rejected plant materials shall be replaced. Plant material for replacement shall be inspected and approved as equal plant material prior
to replacement being made.
If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others prior to final acceptance by the County, the Contracting Agency will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up
and the Contractor will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants.
Special Provisions SP 120 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Plant Establishment After Completion of Initial Planting
The first-year plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification from the Engineer of the completion of initial planting for the project. Plant establishment shall consist of caring for all plants planted on the project and caring for the planting areas within the project
limits. The provisions of Sections 1-07.13(2) and 1-07.13(3) do not apply to this Section.
The Contractor shall submit a first-year plant establishment plan for approval by the Engineer. The first year of plant establishment shall begin immediately upon final project acceptance by the County. The first-year plant establishment period shall be a minimum of 1 calendar year.
During the first-year plant establishment period, the Contractor shall perform all Work necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the transplanted material and for the continued healthy and vigorous growth of all plant material, as directed by the Engineer. This care shall include, but not be limited to, labor and materials necessary for regular hand watering of all plant material, removal of foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining a weed-free condition, and the replacement of all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the Contract. If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up and the Contractor will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants.
Frequency of regular hand watering shall be sufficient to establish plants in a healthy and
thriving condition and shall be provided from May 1 to September 31. Plant establishment shall also include filling Tree Watering Bags at minimum once weekly from May 1 to September 31.
All landscaped areas shall be kept weed free. Frequency of weeding shall be sufficient to keep weeds from going to seed, and shall be performed a minimum of bi-weekly during the growing season, April through August.
Chemical herbicides shall not be used for a period of 60 calendar days after the installation of plant material. When using chemical herbicides, manufacturer’s recommended application rates shall be followed. Any chemical herbicide use must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. Any plant material damaged by use of herbicides shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
All tree stakes, wrappings, guards and fastenings shall be kept intact and effective in maintaining firm support. Where fastenings have become too tight or too short, new and larger fastenings shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to prevent strangulation or
irregular growth of the tree. Stakes, wrappings, guards, and fastenings shall be removed during the last month of Plant Establishment.
Cleanup shall be made immediately after and as part of the work done in the area. The
cleanup shall include the entire area under this contract. The contract area shall be cleaned of litter and debris at least once each month. Such cleanup shall include the pickup and removal from the contract area of all clippings, trimmings, leaves, litter, and debris originating
from any source whatsoever. Planting areas shall be neatly dressed and finished; walks and paved area shall be hosed off with water as necessary and otherwise kept clean and free from dirt, bark, and litter.
Special Provisions SP 121 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Payment for water used to water in plants, or hand watering of plant material of filling of Tree
Watering Bags, unless otherwise specified, is the responsibility of the Contractor during the first-year plant establishment period.
Contractor is responsible for routine inspection during the Plant Establishment period. In
addition, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer for the purpose of joint inspection of the plant materials, on a mutually agreed upon schedule. All conditions unsatisfactory to the Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor within a seven (7) day period immediately following the inspection. Corrective work shall include the removal and disposal of all unsatisfactory plant material. If plant replacement is required, the Contractor shall, within the 7-day period, submit a plan and schedule for the plant replacement to occur immediately at the beginning of the planting period between October 1st and March 1st. Failure to comply with corrective steps outlined by the Engineer shall constitute justification for the County to take corrective steps. All costs incurred by the County in correcting unsatisfactory conditions shall be paid by the Contractor. All plants which, at any point during the plant establishment period, do not show healthy and vigorous growth shall be removed and replaced.
Add New Section 8-02.3(17):
8-02.3(17) Protection of Private Property and Property Restoration
Protection of Private Property and Tree Protection shall consist of protecting existing trees, shrubs, groundcover and other landscape materials, and protecting existing landscape irrigation and lighting systems outside of the limits of work.
The Contractor shall carefully protect existing trees and shrubs not specifically protected with high visibility fence during the course of construction against cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark. The Contractor shall plan all operations so as to avoid creating situations in which trees and shrubs may be damaged. Notify the Engineer if construction may damage trees and shrubs. The Contractor shall not proceed with Work until directed by the Engineer.
Root Protection
Cut exposed roots clearly and keep moist with straw mulch and burlap or equivalent during the time trenches are open. Hand dig trenches in areas with extensive roots. Roots larger than 3" in diameter shall be left intact and the Engineer notified for instructions on how to proceed.
Damages for Loss or Injury to Existing Trees and Shrubs to Remain
The Contractor shall be liable for damage to trees and shrubs. In the event of injuries to the crown, trunk or root system of existing trees and shrubs resulting from the Contractor's failure
to protect them (the just value of which is determined by the Valuation of Landscape Trees, Shrubs, and Other Plants, (Current Edition) damages shall be deducted from the total amount due the Contractor.
Property Restoration shall consist of placement of additional plant materials, sod, seed and bark mulch in order to restore all disturbed areas to original condition or better, as directed by the Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 122 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
All materials shall conform to Sections 9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting and 9-15 Irrigation System of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor is specifically reminded that any unnecessary damage caused by construction activities will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense.
Topsoil shall be Type A and Bark Mulch shall be medium grade fir or hemlock. Grass areas
shall be restored with hydroseed where directed.
The force account item provided for Property Restoration also includes any adjustments and/or replacements of existing irrigation systems not covered under Section 8-03 Irrigation Systems of the Special Provisions. This work shall also consist of modifying existing landscape lighting systems as may become necessary by these improvements.
The Contractor is advised that protecting existing private irrigation and lighting systems from damage does not constitute a basis for claim or extra work. “Property Restoration” has been provided as a basis for modifications or improvements to private lighting systems and irrigation systems that may become necessary but could not be foreseen prior to construction.
8-02.4 Measurement
Section 8-02.4 is supplemented with the following:
No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum bid items “Protection of Private Property and Tree Protection” and “Plant Establishment – 1 Year”.
The pay quantities for the plant materials will be determined by count of the number of
satisfactory installed trees, shrubs, groundcover and other landscape materials accepted by the Engineer.
“Topsoil Type A” and “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” will be measured by the cubic yard in the
haul conveyance at the point of delivery.
8-02.5 Payment
Section 8-02.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Protection of Private Property and Tree Protection”, per lump sum
The lump sum contract price for “Protection of Private Property and Tree Protection” shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and supplies necessary to protect existing private landscapes, including but not limited to trees, plant material, irrigation and lighting systems.
“Property Restoration”, per force account
“Topsoil Type A”, per cubic yard
“Bark or Wood Chip Mulch”, per cubic yard
“PS____”, per each
Special Provisions SP 123 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The unit contract price for “PS____", per each, shall be full compensation for all materials,
labor, tools, equipment, and supplies necessary to fine grade, produce, plant, cultivate and cleanup for the particular items called for in the plans. Tree staking, Tree Watering Bag System, Root Barrier, and fertilizer shall be incidental to the above bid items and all costs
shall be included in the unit contract prices. The unit contract price shall also include plant establishment until written notification of completion of initial planting is received. “Plant Establishment – 1 Year”, per lump sum.
The lump sum price for “Plant Establishment-1 Year” shall be full compensation for Plant Establishment after written notification of completion of initial planting, as specified herein.
It is the City’s intent that the “Plant Establishment-1 Year” lump sum amount will be paid out with the final invoice following the City approving the revisions to the Roadside Work Plan. Contractor shall be required to execute a Landscaping and Irrigation Warranty and Defect bond, which will remain in effect through the duration of the Plant Establishment period after final project acceptance.
8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS
8-04.1 Description
Section 8-04.1 is supplemented with the following:
This work shall also consist of installing Cement Conc. Valley Curb in locations as shown and as detailed on the Plans.
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
The first paragraph of Section 8-04.3(1) is deleted and replaced with the following: All Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter, Cement Conc. Valley Curb, and Extruded Curb shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02.
8-04.4 Measurement
Section 8-04.4 is supplemented with the following:
Cement Conc. Valley Curb, including transition areas, shall be measured per linear foot of curb installed.
8-04.5 Payment
Section 8-04.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Cement Conc. Valley Curb”, per linear foot.
Special Provisions SP 124 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
8-14.1 Description
Section 8-14.1 is supplemented with the following:
This work shall consist of constructing and installing standard cement concrete sidewalks, thickened edge sidewalks, scored cement concrete sidewalks with sawcut scoring and light
sand blast finish, and cement concrete curb ramps including detectable warning surface as shown on the Plans.
8-14.2 Materials
Section 8-14.2 is supplemented with the following:
All cement concrete pavement used for constructing sidewalks shall be high early Portland cement concrete Class 4000 with 1-day cure.
Light sand blast finish shall be achieved using water-based, polymerized high performance top surface retardant installed in locations as shown on the Plans.
Concrete for surface areas receiving light sand blast finish shall have the following properties: • Minimum of 3,500 PSI (pound per square inch) compression stress • 60 (fine) to 40 (course) ratio • ¾” aggregates
Asphalt mastic joint fillers in the sidewalk shall be 3/8” x 4” and of the same material as that used in the curb.
Detectable Warning Surface
Detectable warning surface shall in “Colonial Red” (Federal Color No. 20109) color.
Provide detectable warning surface which comply with the detectable warnings on walking
surfaces section of the Americans with Disabilities Act (Title III Regulations, 28 CFR Part 36 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN, Appendix A, Section 4.29.2 DETECTABLE WARNINGS ON WALKING SURFACES).
Vitrified Polymer Composite (VPC) Cast in Place Warning tiles shall include continuous strand woven fiberglass sheet matrix embedded within an epoxy polymer composition with a ultra-violet coating employing aluminum oxide particles in the truncated domes. The tile shall incorporate an in-line pattern of truncated domes measuring nominal 0.2” height, 0.9” base diameter, and 0.45” top diameter, spaced center-to-center 2.35” to 2.40 as measured “In Line”. For wheelchair safety the field area shall consist of a non-slip surface with a minimum of 40 - 90° raised points 0.045” high, per square inch.
Cast In Place Detectable/Tactile Warning Surface Tiles shall be held within the following dimensions and tolerances:
• Length and Width: [36x48] [36x60] nominal
• Depth: 1.375 (1-3/8”) (+/-) 5% max.
• Face Thickness: 0.1875 (1-3/8”) (+/-) 5% max.
Special Provisions SP 125 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
• Warpage of Edge: 0.5% max.
• Embedment Flange Spacing: shall be no greater than 3.1"
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
The first paragraph of Section 8-14.3 is deleted and replaced with the following:
The concrete in the sidewalks and curb ramps shall be air entrained Class 4000 with 1-day cure.
Section 8-14.3 is supplemented with the following:
Surface Retardant Operations and Requirements:
Apply surface retardant wherever light sand blast finish to exposed concrete surfaces as indicated per Plans.
Apply surface retardant after placement of properly prepared concrete, during dry weather at
a duration per manufacturer’s recommendation. Coordinate with formwork construction, concrete placement schedule, and formwork removal to ensure that surfaces to receive surface retardant provides uniform results throughout the concrete surfaces.
When using the surface retardants it is generally better to remove the retarder the same day for best results or generally within 8-12 hours of finishing in warm weather. Surface retarders shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk saw cut scoring shall be perpendicular to the back of curb and scored joints shall be parallel and perpendicular to the roadway centerline, as detailed on the Plans. Contractor shall physically lay out scoring with non-permanent markings for Engineer’s approval prior to saw cut scoring installation. Finish areas shall be as shown per Plans.
Mock-Ups
Prior to start of installation of scored cement concrete sidewalks with light sand blast finish the Contractor shall provide a minimum thirty-six (36) square foot sample, 6x6 of scored cement concrete with 2x6 xtra-lite medium acid exposure finish, 2x6 sand exposure finish, and 2x6 light sand blast finish, to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. One Engineer
approved 2x6 mock-up sample shall be the standard for the balance of the rest of the work installed, for scored cement concrete sidewalk with light sand blast finish and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval.
Submittals
Submit two (2) concrete detectable warning surface samples minimum 12”x12” for Engineer’s approval prior to installation.
Submit product information (technical specifications) and proposed procedure and methods for concrete preparations and product installation for surface retardant for Engineer’s approval prior to mock-up sample installation.
Special Provisions SP 126 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Detectable warning surface shop drawings are required for products specified showing fabrication details, composite structural system, tile surface profile, sound on cane contact
amplification feature, plans of tile placement including joints, and material to be used as well as outlining installation materials and procedure for Engineer’s approval prior to installation. Detectable warning surface shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
Submit complete test reports from qualified accredited independent testing laboratories to qualify that materials proposed for use are in compliance with requirements and meet or exceed the properties indicated on the specifications. All tests shall be conducted on a cast in place detectable warning surface system as certified by a qualified independent testing laboratory.
Submit copies of detectable warning surface manufacturer’s specified installation and maintenance practices for Detectable Warning Surface and accessory as required for Engineer’s approval.
Provide cast in place detectable warning surface system and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the manufacturing of cast in place detectable warning surface system.
Engage an experienced installer certified in writing by Cast In Place Detectable Surface manufacturer as qualified for installation, who has successfully completed installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project.
Applicator Qualifications: Light sand blast finish shall be applied by qualified surface retardant applicator(s) as appropriate for the system scheduled and acceptable to the Resident Engineer. Applicators shall have experience in the concrete surface preparation, application
and removal for and application of surface retardant for light sand blast finish on cement concrete sidewalk projects similar in extent to this Contract.
Cement concrete sidewalk thickness shall be as shown on the Plans.
Full depth expansion joints for scored cement concrete sidewalk shall be constructed with a maximum spacing of 12 feet, and as detailed on the Plans. Score joints shall be constructed at a maximum distance of 6 feet from each full depth expansion joint, except where specific dimensions are detailed on the Plans.
No concrete for sidewalk shall be poured against dry forms or dry subgrade.
The Contractor may provide suitable vibrating finishers for use in finishing concrete sidewalks. The type of vibrator and its method of use shall be subject to the approval of the City.
Curbs may be placed integral with the sidewalk or wheelchair curb ramp installation. If the Contractor elects to place the curbs integral with sidewalk, then a standard sidewalk dummy joint shall be placed at the location where the back of curb would be as if the curb were place separately. After troweling and before jointing or edging, the surface of the sidewalk shall be
lightly brushed in a transverse direction with a soft brush to give a broom finish and the ramps shall be textured as shown on the drawings and as directed by the City. The Contractor shall not use any two course construction of any type in any location. All work must be single
course, finished to the lines and grades as shown on the drawings, all as directed by the City.
Special Provisions SP 127 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
All completed work shall be so barricaded as to prevent damage by unauthorized use. Any damage sections shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Landscaped
areas disturbed during construction shall be restored to original condition.
Section 8-14.3 is supplemented with the following:
(April 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP)
The Contractor shall request a pre-construction meeting with the Engineer to be held 2 to 5 working days before any work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps or other pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending shall include:
1. The Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing, and finishing the cement concrete.
2. Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement concrete sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work.
Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following:
1. Slopes shown on the Plans.
2. Inspection
3. Traffic control
4. Pedestrian control, access routes and delineation
5. Accommodating utilities
6. Form work
7. Installation of detectable warning surfaces
8. Contractor ADA survey and ADA Feature as-built requirements
9. Cold Weather Protection
8-14.3(4) Curing
Section 8-14.3(4) is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall use the curing materials and procedures specified in section 5-05.3(13) Curing, except that the Contractor shall use clear curing compound instead of white pigmented curing compound.
The Contractor shall apply curing agent immediately after brushing and maintain it for a period of one (1) day.
During the curing period the Contractor shall exclude all pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The
Engineer may also exclude vehicular traffic.
Protection of concrete: The Contractor is responsible for barricading, patrolling or otherwise protecting newly placed concrete. The Contractor shall remove and replace at his expense all damaged (accidental or otherwise), vandalized and/or unsightly concrete.
Special Provisions SP 128 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-14.3(5) Detectable Warning Surface
The first paragraph of Section 8-14.3(5) is revised to read:
(January 13, 2021 WSDOT GSP) The detectable warning surface shall be located as shown in the Contract Plans or Standard
Plans. Placement of the detectable warning surface shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation for placement in fresh concrete, before the concrete has reached initial set, or on a hardened cement concrete surface. Glued or stick down Detectable Warning Surfaces are allowed on asphalt surfaces only for temporary work zone applications.
8-14.4 Measurement
Section 8-14.4 is supplemented with the following:
Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk shall be measured with payment item “Cement Conc. Sidewalk” by the square yard of installed and finished surface, including light sand blast finish.
Thickened Edge Sidewalk shall be measured per linear foot, either adjacent to planter areas or back of sidewalks.
8-14.5 Payment
Section 8-14.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Thickened Edge Sidewalk”, per linear foot.
Payment for “Thickened Edge Sidewalk” per linear foot will be made in addition to any payment per square yard for “Cement Conc. Sidewalk”.
8-19 ADJUST UTILITY APPURTENANCES (NEW SECTION)
8-19.1 Description
This work shall consist of adjusting utility vaults to grade.
8-19.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid items:
“Adjust Utility Vault to Grade”, per each.
8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL
8-20.1 Description
Section 8-20.1 is supplemented with the following:
Special Provisions SP 129 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
This Work shall consist of, but will not be limited to providing work as follows:
Modifying existing illumination systems at the intersections of Houser Way S & Williams
Avenue S and Houser Way S & Wells Avenue S
All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Amendments, City of Renton Standards, Puget Sound Energy Standards and the following Special Provisions. The Work involves, but shall not be limited to, the following:
• Junction boxes
• Conduit and wire
• Luminaires, poles and foundations
• Modifications to Existing Illumination Systems
• Subsurface exploration and potholing
• Utility locates The Work shall include the supply, testing and installation of all illumination systems, including replacement of existing systems, and also removal of existing illumination equipment, junction boxes, poles, modifications to existing electrical service cabinets and all necessary associated equipment where applicable to complete the Work.
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code
Section 8-21.1 is supplemented with the following: All materials and methods required under this section, unless otherwise superseded herein,
shall conform to the 2021 edition of the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction and Amendments (herein referred to as Standard Specifications), to all current amendments to the Standard
Specifications, to the latest edition of the State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (herein referred to as the Standard Plans), to the State of Washington Sign Fabrication Manual, to the City of Renton Standards and Details, to the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC), and to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) as adopted by the State of Washington.
Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 8-20.1(1) and replace with the following: All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), FHWA IP-78-16, the Radio Manufacturers Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and to
other codes listed herein. Section 8-20.1(1) is supplemented with the following:
Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy.
Special Provisions SP 130 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspection
The third paragraph of Section 8-20.1(3) is replaced with the following:
The Electrical Inspector shall inspect and approve the electrical portions of the project. The Contractor shall notify the Electrical Inspector at least 24 hours in advance of required field
inspection. Before work begins, the Contractor shall contact the City of Renton Electrical Inspector to coordinate a schedule of electrical inspection (call the request line at 425-430-7275). This project shall be accomplished in compliance with WAC 296-46B-010 Traffic Management Systems and shall conform to the current adopted version of the NEC.
8-20.1(4) Errors and Omissions
Section 8-20.1(4) is added as follows:
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer upon discovery of any errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, in the layout as given by survey points and instructions, or of any discrepancy between the Contract Documents and the physical conditions of the locality. If deemed necessary, the Engineer shall rectify the matter and advise the Contractor accordingly. Any work done after such discovery without authorization by the Engineer will be done at the Contractor’s risk.
8-20.2 Materials
Section 8-20.2 is supplemented with the following:
Material requirements for illumination systems are contained in Section 9-29 of the Standard Specifications and Section 9-29 of these Special Provisions.
The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials. Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final installation and testing has been completed on the systems. Approval to install materials and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site before installation. Controlled density fill shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. Crushed surfacing top course and crushed surfacing base course shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Bedding material shall consist of 5/8-inch minus crushed rock free of any deleterious substances per Section 9-03.1(5)A of the Standard Specifications.
8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings
Delete the first paragraph of Section 8-20.2(2) and replace with the following:
Within 20 calendar days following execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a completed “Request for Approval of Material” (RAM) that describes the material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and Specifications
Delete the fifth paragraph of Section 8-20.2(2) and replace it with the following:
Special Provisions SP 131 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Shop drawings for lighting standards shall be provided in an electronic format (AUTOCAD
Release 2009 or later), as well as complying with Section 6-03.3(7) of the Standard Specifications.
Manufacturer's technical information shall be submitted for all poles, luminaires, wire, conduit, junction boxes, and all other items to be used on the Project. Final ground and roadway cross sections at the locations of the standards shall be submitted for approval along with the shop drawings. All approvals by the Engineer must be received by the Contractor before material will be allowed on the job site. Materials not approved will not be permitted on the job site. The Engineer shall have fourteen (14) calendar days to review information for each submittal that is made. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final acceptance or guarantee of the material, but is solely to assist the Contractor in providing the specified materials. All shop drawings for street light poles that are not listed on the WSDOT Pre-Approved plans
shall be stamped by a State of Washington registered Structural Engineer. For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the
Qualified Product List (QPL) or RAM process the Contractor will be allowed to submit for approval two materials per material type at no cost. Additional materials may be submitted for approval and will be processed at a cost of $100.00 per material submitted by QPL submittal
and $300.00 per material submitted by RAM. All costs for the processing additional materials will be deducted from monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject to a request by the Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing may be waived. Manufacturer's data for materials proposed for the illumination systems, for use in the Contract which require approval shall be submitted in one complete package.
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
Section 8-20.3 is supplemented with the following: Luminaire System Installation Coordination with the City The Contractor shall coordinate with COR Transportation Maintenance Department Representative (contact person: Eric Cutshall at 425-430-7423) for all required illumination installation work and testing.
8-20.3(1)A Illumination Requirements During Construction
Section 8-20.3(1)A is added as follows:
Existing or higher illumination levels shall be maintained by using existing or temporary illumination until the new system is operational. The exact work plan and schedule must be pre-approved by the Engineer.
8-20.3(2) Excavation and Backfilling
Section 8-20.3(2) is supplemented with the following:
Special Provisions SP 132 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Underground utilities of record will be shown on the Plans insofar as information is available. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the City assumes no responsibility for
improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the construction Plans. The location of existing underground utilities, when shown on the Plans, is approximate only,
and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area, as not all utilities may be shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for potholing for conflicts with underground utility locations per these Special Provisions Section 8-33.3. Prior to construction, if any conflicts are expected, it shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for resolution. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits.
If a conflict is identified, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer. The Contractor and City shall locate alternative locations for poles or junction boxes. The Contractor shall get approval
from the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts.
Before beginning any excavation work for foundations, junction boxes or conduit runs, the Contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does not conflict with utility location markings placed on the surface by the various utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the conflict:
• Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the foundation, junction box, or conduit trench.
• If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work, select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer.
• If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should stop until a new design can be developed. The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless specifically
agreed to by the utility owner.
8-20.3(2)A Trench and Backfill
Section 8-20.3(2)A is added as follows: The Contractor shall provide trenching as specified herein, regardless of the material encountered, as necessary for complete and proper installation of the illumination conduit. Trenching shall conform to the following:
Uniform Construction
Trenching for conduit runs shall be done in a neat manner, and the trench bottom shall be graded to provide a uniform grade, with a width and depth as specified herein. All trenches for
Special Provisions SP 133 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as practical to provide a minimum of pavement disturbance.
Trench Inspection No work shall be covered until it has been examined by the Engineer or Inspector. Earth which fills around and over the conduit shall be free of rocks greater than 2 inches up to a depth of 6
inches. When trenching is being accomplished within the sidewalk area, the backfill can be made with acceptable materials from the excavation and shall be considered a necessary part of and incidental to the excavation in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Hauling and disposal of un-used excavation material shall be incidental to the cost of trenching or excavating. The compaction requirements for the roadway backfill shall apply.
Saw Cut for Trench Trenches in all paved areas shall be saw cut. The saw cuts shall be a minimum of 2-inches deep and shall be parallel. Thoroughly clean saw cuts where necessary by the use of high pressure water (1,400 psi or greater). All wastewater shall be collected and disposed of in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of the Standard Specifications. Impervious surfaces contaminated from cutting operations shall be cleaned in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of
the Standard Specifications. Pavement Removal
Pavement shall be removed in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take care in removing existing paving not to damage the pavement outside of the saw cut lines.
Trench Depth
Trench depth shall provide 24 inches minimum of cover over all conduits unless agreed to otherwise by the Engineer. Trench depth shall provide a minimum cover of 36 inches for all conduits designated for fiber optic cabling.
Trench Width The trench width shall be 12 inches or the conduit diameter plus 2 inches.
Trenching Through Concrete Sidewalk Areas Trenching in these areas shall require removal and replacement of the concrete to the limits of the existing sidewalk joints. The costs for removal and replacement shall be incidental to the trenching.
8-20.3(3) Removing and Replacing Improvements
Section 8-20.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Salvaged Equipment All existing equipment that is to be removed shall not be stockpiled within the job site without
the Engineer's approval. The following equipment shall remain the property of the Contracting Agency and shall be disconnected, dismantled, stacked separately and delivered to the Contracting Agency:
• Luminaire Standards and Mast Arms
• Luminaires
Special Provisions SP 134 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The Contractor shall give the Engineer fourteen (14) calendar days advance written notice prior to delivery of removed materials to the Contracting Agency's storage facilities.
All removed equipment which remains the property of Renton shall be delivered to Renton Corporate Yard between the hours of 8:30am and 2:30pm:
City of Renton Corporate Yard 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056 Phone: 425-430-7423 The Contractor shall:
• Remove all wires for discontinued circuits from the conduit system.
• Remove elbow sections of abandoned conduit entering junction boxes.
• Remove abandoned conduit that is less than 18 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise indicated in the Plans.
• Remove foundations in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 2-02.3(1).
• Backfill voids created by removal of foundations and junction boxes. Backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 2-09.3(1)E.
8-20.3(4) Foundations
Section 8-20.3(4) is supplemented with the following:
Luminaire pole foundations shall be poured in one continuous pour to the bottom of proposed sidewalk elevation. The anchor bolts shall match that of the device to be installed thereon. Anchor bolt length shall sufficient to account for the added thickness as to maintain the exposed
thread length as called out in the detail herein. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed earth if possible. Disturbed earth or backfill material shall be compacted to ninety-five (95) percent of the material's maximum density. Before placing the concrete the Contractor shall block-out around any other underground utilities that lie in the excavated base so that the concrete will not adhere to the utility line. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, edged and finished in a workmanship-like manner. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the exposed portion of the anchor bolts and conduit after placement. After the specified curing period, the Contractor may install the applicable device thereon.
All concrete foundations shall be installed at locations per stationing on the Plans. Pole locations shall be staked by the Contractor and locations shall be field verified and approved by the Engineer in the field prior to excavation.
See Section 2-01 of these Special Provisions and details on the Plans regarding special requirements for excavation of pole foundations near trees designated for protection.
The Contractor shall secure the anchor bolts required for the item to be mounted on the foundation. The Contractor shall also securely locate all conduit required, including a spare 2-inch conduit to be used to connect the controller cabinet ground wire to the ground rod in the nearest J-box.
Special Provisions SP 135 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Location of all concrete foundations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to excavation.
A. Luminaire Pole Foundations:
• Arterial Street Decorative Roadway Luminaire Pole foundation shall be per City of Renton Standard Plan 117.1.
Construction Sequence All excavation for a single pile cap foundation in which the drilled shafts are to be constructed
shall be completed before shaft construction begins. After shaft construction is completed, all loose or displaced materials shall be removed from around the shafts, leaving a clean solid surface to receive the footing concrete.
Shaft Excavation 1. Shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans or as required by the Engineer. The excavation shall be completed in a continuous operation using equipment capable of excavating through the type of material expected to be encountered. The concrete shall be placed within two hours after the completion of shaft excavation and cleanout without any undue delay. 2. If the shaft excavation is stopped with the approval of the Engineer, the shaft shall be secured by the installation of a safety cover. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure the safety of the shaft and the surrounding soil and the stability of the sidewalls. A temporary casing should be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability.
3. Where caving conditions are encountered, due to soft soils or water intrusion, no further excavation will be allowed until the Contractor selects a method to prevent ground movement. The Contractor may elect to place a temporary casing or use other methods
approved by the Engineer. 4. The Contractor shall use appropriate means such as a clean-out bucket, to clean the bottom of the excavation such that a minimum of 50 percent of the base of each shaft will
have less than 1-inch of sediment at the time of placement of the concrete. The maximum depth of sediment or any debris at any place on the base of the shaft shall not exceed 2 inches. 5. If unexpected obstructions, which require specialized equipment and/or labor are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer promptly. Obstructions shall be removed per Section 6-16.3(3) except that payment shall be made per Force Account as described in Section 1-09.6 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Excavation shall be continued as approved by the Engineer. Excavation Inspection 1. The Contractor shall provide equipment for checking the dimensions and alignment of each
permanent shaft excavation. The dimensions and alignment shall be determined by the Contractor with the approval of the Engineer. 2. Final shaft depths shall be measured with a suitable weighted tape or other approved
methods after final clean-out. 3. Shaft cleanliness will be determined by the Engineer, by visual inspection. 4. The excavated shaft shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placing any steel or concrete into the shaft. Reinforcing Steel Cage Construction and Placement 1. The reinforcing steel cage consisting of longitudinal bars, ties, cage stiffener bars, spacers, centralizers, and other necessary appurtenances shall be completely assembled and
Special Provisions SP 136 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
placed as a unit immediately after the shaft excavation is inspected and accepted prior to concrete placement. The reinforcing cage shall be rigidly braced to retain its configuration
during handling and when lowered into the shaft, during placement of concrete and extraction of the casing from the shaft. No loose bars will be permitted. The reinforcing steel fabricator shall include bracing and any extra reinforcing steel required to fabricate the cage
in the shop drawings. 2. If the bottom of the constructed shaft elevation is lower than the bottom of the shaft elevation in the Plans, a minimum of one half of the longitudinal bars required in the upper portion of the shaft shall be extended the additional length. Tie bars shall be continued for the extra depth, spaced on one (1) foot centers, and the stiffener bars shall be extended to the final depth. These bars may be lap spliced, or un-spliced bars of the proper length may be used. Welding to the planned reinforcing steel will not be permitted unless specifically shown in either the Plans or Special Provisions. 3. The reinforcing steel in the shaft shall be tied and supported so that the reinforcing steel will remain within allowable tolerances given in this specification. Concrete spacers or other approved non-corrosive spacing devices shall be used at sufficient intervals (near the
bottom and at intervals not exceeding five (5) feet up the shaft) to insure concentric spacing for the entire cage length. Spacers shall be constructed of approved material equal in quality and durability to the concrete specified for the shaft.
4. The elevation of the top of the steel cage shall be checked before and after the concrete is placed. If the rebar cage is not maintained within the specified tolerances, corrections shall be made by the Contractor as required by the Engineer. No additional shafts shall be
constructed until the Contractor has modified his rebar cage support in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Concrete Placement Concrete placement shall commence within two (2) hours after completion of the excavation and shall be placed in one continuous operation to the top of the shaft. Concrete shall be placed through a tremie. The tremie used shall consist of a tube of one-piece construction. Concrete shall be placed through a hopper at the top of the tube so that the concrete is deposited through the center of the reinforcing steel to prevent segregation of the aggregates and splashing of concrete on the reinforcement cage. The Contractor's proposed method for depositing concrete shall have approval of the Engineer prior to concrete placement. The concrete on the
top five (5) feet of the shaft shall be vibrated. Casing Removal
During casing removal, a minimum five (5) foot head of concrete must be maintained to balance the soil and water pressure at the bottom of the casing. This casing shall be well coated with form oil prior to concrete placement.
Construction Tolerances 1. The centerline of the drilled shaft shall be within three (3) inches of the Plan position in the horizontal plane, at the Plan elevation for the top of the shaft. 2. The vertical alignment of the shaft excavation shall not vary from the Plan alignment by more than 1/4 inch per foot of depth. 3. After all the concrete is placed, the top of the reinforcing steel cage shall be no more than 1/2 inch above and no more than 1/2 inch below the Plan position. 4. The minimum diameter of the drilled shaft shall be one (1) inch less than the specified shaft diameter. 5. The top elevation of the shaft shall have a tolerance of ±1/2 inch from the Plan top of shaft
elevation.
Special Provisions SP 137 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
6. Excavation equipment and methods shall be designed so that the completed shaft excavation will have a flat bottom. The cutting edges of excavation equipment shall be
normal to the vertical axis of the equipment within a tolerance of ± 3/8 inch per 12 inches of diameter.
Drilled shaft excavations constructed in such a manner that the concrete shaft cannot be completed within the required tolerances are unacceptable. When approved, corrections may be made to an unacceptable drilled shaft excavation by any approved combination of the following methods: 1. Overdrill the shaft excavation to a larger diameter to permit accurate placement of the reinforcing steel cage with the required minimum concrete cover. 2. Increase the number and/or size of the steel reinforcement bars. The approval of the correction procedures is dependent on analysis of the effect of the degree of misalignment and improper positioning. Correction methods may be approved as design
analysis indicate. Redesign drawings and computations prepared by the Contractor's Engineer shall be signed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Materials •and work necessary, including Engineering analysis and redesign, to effect corrections for out of
tolerance drilled shaft excavations shall be furnished at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Submittals
1. Before placing the reinforcing steel, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer as specified in Section 1-05.3 for the reinforcing cage. 2. Work shall not proceed until the appropriate submittals have been approved in writing by the Engineer.
8-20.3(5) Conduit
8-20.3(5)A General
Section 8-20.3(5)A is supplemented with the following: Pull strings shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled as City of Renton conduits and shall include polyester detectable pull tape that meets or exceeds a breaking strength of 900 lbs. Detectable pull tape shall also be added to conduits occupied with non-electrical cables.
Where sidewalk panels need to be removed for the installation of conduit or junction boxes, the Contractor is responsible for restoring the area near the back of sidewalk as needed to
repair damage from sidewalk panel formwork.
Where intercepting and splicing to an existing conduit is called out on the Plans, the Contractor shall verify the conduit size and schedule before ordering the new conduit sections. The size provided on the Plans is an estimation.
8-20.3(5)A3 Damaged or Blocked Conduits
Section 8-20.3(5)A3 is added as follows:
Special Provisions SP 138 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Damaged or blocked conduits shall be repaired by the Contractor. The Contractor shall attempt to remove debris in the conduit by blowing in air. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air
towards the service or controller cabinet. If the blockage doesn’t break free, the Contractor shall identify the potential blocked/damaged location using a fish tape. Once the blockage location is identified, the Contractor shall attempt to remove the existing cabling (if any) from
the conduit. If the cabling is removed, the Contractor shall attempt to pass a fish tape through the conduit again. If the fish tape passes through the conduit past the identified blockage point easily, the Contractor shall attempt to reinstall all existing cabling along with the new cabling called out in the Contract Plans.
If the existing cabling cannot be removed, or reinstalled after removal, the Contractor shall excavate down to the conduit blockage point and repair the conduit break. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing cabling or beginning excavation. All cabling shall be removed from the conduit prior to repairing the broken conduit. Once the conduit is repaired, the Contractor shall restore the disturbed area. The removal of cable, excavation, conduit repair, and surface restoration will be paid for by change order or Minor Change as determined by the Engineer. The cost for other work needed to identify and remedy
blocked conduits as described in this Section shall be incidental.
8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type
Section 8-20.3(5)B is supplemented with the following:
All conduit shall be PVC Sch 80 rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Contract Plans or these Special Provisions.
All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or bushings. Wall thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different schedule types between terminations. The Contractor shall provide all conduit and necessary fittings as needed. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the wiring and conduit schedule shown on the Plans. Conduit to be provided shall be of the type indicated below: All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before pulling wire and shall include bonded
ground wire (including spare conduits for locating purposes). Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled "City of Renton" conduits.
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
Section 8-20.3(6) is supplemented with the following: All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted sub grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing top course material installed under and around the base of the junction box. The junction box shall include installation of a 4" thick Class "B" cement concrete pad enclosing the junction box as per the
Special Provisions SP 139 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Plans, specifications and detail sheets. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the junction box frame and lid.
If junction boxes are placed in the sidewalk, they shall not be placed closer than 12 inches from the edge of any sidewalk or sidewalk joint. The frame and lid shall be from 0 to 3/16 inch below
a straight edge laid across the sidewalk, and the lid shall be flat to a maximum of 1/16 inch positive camber. Pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints shall be placed around junction boxes installed in sidewalks. All junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have skid resistant lids. Junction boxes shall have galvanized steel locking lids and frames. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for final adjustment.
The Contractor shall not damage any existing conduits when replacing or excavating existing junction boxes. The Contractor is to maintain the integrity of all junction boxes during
reconfiguration of the conduits, installation of new conduits or when excavating.
8-20.3(8) Wiring
Section 8-20.3(8) is supplemented with the following:
All illumination circuits shall be labeled with a PVC marking sleeve bearing the circuit number at each junction box whether splices are present or not. Terminal strips in cabinets, or when used as a connection device between conductors, shall bear the circuit numbers. All stranded wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end, crimp style solderless terminal connector, and all solid wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end soldered terminal connector. All terminals shall be installed with a tool designed for the installation of the correct type of connector and crimping with pliers, wire cutters, etc., will not be allowed. For installing new cables in existing occupied or empty conduit, the Contractor shall be responsible for the following steps: 1) Install a new pull rope using a rod/fish tape in the conduit for pulling in the new cabling if a pull rope does not already exist. 2) If the Contractor cannot get the rod/fish tape to pass through the conduit, the Contractor shall blow air through the
conduit to remove any debris blocking the rod/fish tape path. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air into controller or service cabinets. 3) If the rod/fish tape still does not pass through the conduit after blowing air, the Contractor shall disconnect a single existing wire as
agreed to by the Engineer (if the conduit is occupied) and use that wire to pull the new wiring plus a new cable to replace the existing cable that is being used for pulling. 4) If no existing wire can be used to pull in the new wire, the Contractor shall try another conduit run if one exists, or pull out all existing wiring from the conduit and use to pull in the new wiring plus all new cabling to replace existing cabling. Rodding, fish taping, blowing air, and disconnecting/ reconnecting cable shall be the Contractor’s cost responsibility. In an event that none of these steps led to successful wire installation, the Contractor shall install new conduit as directed by the Engineer.
Special Provisions SP 140 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
Section 8-20.3(9) is supplemented with the following:
All street light standards, on which electrical equipment is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare
copper bonding strap located in the nearest junction box. Ground rods are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included within the Bid Items in the proposal. Polyester detectable pull tape shall not be connected to the equipment-grounding system. See Section 8-20.3(5) of these Special Provisions for detectable pull tape information. The Contractor shall provide and install bonding and grounding wires as described in Standard Specifications and the National Electrical Code for any new metallic junction box and any modified existing junction boxes. For the purposes of this section, a box shall be considered “modified” if new current-carrying conductors are installed, including low-voltage conductors, or if the box is adjusted to grade, or if the box lid is modified.
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Cabinets
Section 8-20.3(10) is revised by deleting the second and third paragraphs and supplement with the following:
The Contractor shall remove existing wiring, install new wiring, and make wiring connections inside existing electrical service cabinets as shown on the Plans.
8-20.3(11) Testing
Section 8-20.3(11) is supplemented with following:
All work shall be completed in a manner that provides the Inspector and Engineer with full knowledge of the construction. The work shall proceed in accordance with the approved construction schedule previously supplied to and approved by the City. The Inspector and Engineer may, at their option, require work completed without their knowledge or inspection to be dismantled so that it can be inspected to their satisfaction. Prior to schedule of turn-on, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the Electrical Control Permit in the service cabinet.
8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems
Section 8-20.3(13) is supplemented with following:
Existing illumination system shall not be removed until the temporary or new illumination system is completed and operational. Temporary illumination shall not be removed until the new permanent illumination system is completed and operational. If an existing street light is
in conflict with construction sequencing, a temporary lighting system shall be installed prior to removal of the existing street light.
Light Standards shall be erected in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 8-20.3(4).
Special Provisions SP 141 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Each luminaire shall be energized from a single photoelectric cell mounted on the luminaire housing.
8-20.3(13)A Light Standards
Section 8-20.3(13)A is supplemented with following:
Lighting standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified on the pre-approved Plans and outlined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Section 9-29.6A Decorative Roadway Luminaire Poles. All poles and luminaire arms shall be designed to support a luminaire weight of 50 lbs. or more and to withstand pressures caused by wind loads of 85 MPH with gust factor of 1.3. All poles shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.38 PSI on yield strength of weight load and 2.33 PSI for basic wind pressure. The pole shaft shall be provided with a 3" x 5" flush handhole near the base and a matching metal cover secured with stainless steel screws or bolts. The handhole shall be located at 90 degrees to the luminaire arm on the side away from traffic. A grounding lug or nut shall be provided in the handhole frame or inside the handhole frame or inside the pole shaft to attach
a ground bonding strap. The pole shall be adjusted for plumb after all needed equipment has been installed thereon.
After pole is installed and plumbed, nuts shall be tightened on anchor bolts using proper sized sockets, open end, or box wrenches. Use of pliers, pipe wrenches, or other tools that can damage galvanizing will not be permitted. Tools shall be of sufficient size to achieve adequate torqueing of the nuts. Anchor bolts shall extend through the top heavy-hex nut two full threads to the extent possible while conforming to the specified base clearance requirements. Anchor bolts shall be tightened by the Turn-Of-Nut Tightening Method in accordance with Standard Specifications Sections 6-03.3(33) and 8-20.3(4). Miscellaneous Hardware: All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be stainless steel.
I.D. (Identification for poles): The Contractor shall provide a combination of digits and letters on each pole (per luminaire schedules on illumination plans. The letter and numbers combination shall be mounted at the
15-foot level on the pole facing approaching traffic. Legends shall be sealed with transparent film, resistant to dust, weather and ultraviolet exposure. The decal markers shall be either:
• 3-inch square with gothic gold or white reflectorized 2 inch legend on a black background, or
• 3-inch square with black 2 inch legend on a white reflectorized background.
Special Provisions SP 142 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
The I.D. number will be assigned to each pole at the end of the Contract or Project by the City Traffic Engineering office. Cost for the decals shall be considered incidental to the Contract
bid.
8-20.3(15) Grout
Section 8-20.3(15) is supplemented with the following:
After the pole is plumbed, the space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout troweled to a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. The grout pad shall not extend above the elevation of the bottom of the base. Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of Portland cement and fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by hand and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one-half inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on WSDOT Standard Plan J-28.40.
8-20.4 Measurement
Section 8-20.4 is supplemented with the following: When shown as lump sum in the Proposal as illumination system no specific unit of measurement will apply, but measurement will be for the sum total of all items for a complete
system to be furnished and installed. Sawcutting required shall be incidental to lump sum items and no separate measurement will
be made. Conduit zone bedding shall be incidental to the lump sum items and no separate measurement will be made. Removal, and salvage where required, of existing illumination equipment, shall be incidental to the lump sum items and no separate measurement will be made. Temporary surface restoration items required for resuming pedestrian and vehicular traffic prior to final surfacing, including steel sheeting, crushed rock, and cold mix asphalt, shall be incidental to the lump sum items and no separate measurement will be made. The cost of conduit trenching, backfilling, compaction and landscape restoration outside of paved areas and trenching and backfill for the pipe zone within paved areas shall be included
in the listed lump sums. All costs for adjustment of junction boxes, both to the final grade and any grade adjustments
required for the various construction stages proposed in the Contract, or for alternative stages proposed by the Contractor, shall be included in the applicable lump sum contract price(s).
8-20.5 Payment
Section 8-20.5 is replaced with the following:
Special Provisions SP 143 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Payment will be made in accordance with the Special Provisions, Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal:
"Illumination System, Complete", per lump sum.
The unit Contract prices for above listed lump sums shall be measured for the total of all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for modification of existing illumination systems. All items and labor necessary to supply, install, and test the illumination poles, luminaires, pot holing for foundations, modifications to existing electrical service cabinets, conduit, wiring, junction boxes, excavation, backfill, directional boring (if selected), removal of existing conduit/wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, coordination with local agencies, testing and electrical inspections, as-built plans and all other components necessary to make a complete illumination system, shall be included within the lump sum measurement. Any temporary illumination shall be considered incidental to the above listed lump sum bid items. Removal of an existing luminaires and its components shall be included within the lump sum measurement. All painting of components shall be
considered incidental to the lump sum measurement.
8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING
8-22.3 Construction Requirements
Section 8-22.3 is supplemented with the following:
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request approval of the pre-mark channelization at least 48 hours prior to placement of pavement markings.
All pavement markings at intersections shall be 3M Stamark all-weather Tape 380AW and Contrast Tape 380AWE-5, or thermal plastic with wet/dry elements, or approved equal.
Temperatures needs to be above 40 degrees and dry for a minimum of 48 hours before any markings can be applied.
8-22.3(1) Preliminary Spotting
Section 8-22.3(1) is supplemented with the following:
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request approval of the pre-mark channelization at least 48 hours prior to placement of pavement markings.
8-22.3(6) Removing Pavement Markings
Section 8-22.3(6) is supplemented with the following:
Existing pavement markings within the construction limits, including stop bars, traffic arrows, lane markers, and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to overlaying the roadway surface.
All conflicting channelization shall be removed as necessary to install temporary pavement
markings or after the final channelization has been installed.
Special Provisions SP 144 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Removal of existing pavement markings shall be conducted using such methods to prevent damage to the remaining pavement. The use of chemicals that may be harmful to the
pavement will not be allowed. Damaged pavement shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
8-22.4 Measurement
Section 8-22.4 is supplemented with the following:
Removal of pavement markings within the construction limits shall not be measured and will be paid per lump sum.
8-22.5 Payment
Section 8-22.5 is supplemented with the following:
“Removing Existing Pavement Markings”, per lump sum.
8-27 WASTE RECEPTACLE (NEW SECTION)
8-27.1 Description
This work shall consist of installing Waste Receptacles in locations as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. Waste Receptacle shall be as specified in the City of Renton Downtown Streetscape Design Standards and Guidelines.
8-27.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard Specifications unless noted:
Painting 6-07
Color shall be per Section 6-07.2, Painting. Waste Receptacles shall be Model: Ironsites SD-42, including high-density plastic liner, leveling
feet, bolted-in-place “spherical dome” lid (without the swinging door), 3 in-line anchor holes,
bottom plate cover and tri-key locking latch by Victor Stanley, or approved equal.
All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel.
Expansion bolts shall be stainless steel in 4” minimum length per manufacturer recommendation.
8-27.3 Construction Requirements
Contractor shall submit catalog cut sheets including paint chip color sample, manufacturer’s technical specifications and installation recommendations for Waste Receptacle for Engineer’s approval prior to installation.
Special Provisions SP 145 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Waste Receptacle shall typically require 8 to 10 weeks lead time prior to delivery and installation on site.
Contractor shall install each Waste Receptacle in cement concrete sidewalk with approved expansion bolts and incidental connection materials, as detailed per the Plans.
8-27.4 Measurement
Waste Receptacle shall be measured per each installed in its final location.
8-27.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Waste Receptacle”, per each.
The unit price bid shall be for full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment, supplies, incidental work including removal, protection, delivery, coordination, installation and all related costs for any work associated with coordinating Waste Receptacle to satisfactorily complete the work defined in the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions and the particular items called for in the Plans.
8-28 LANDSCAPE STRIP FENCING (NEW SECTION)
8-28.1 Description
This work shall consist of fabricating and installing Landscape Strip Fencing in accordance with details shown in Plans and as specified herein.
8-28.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard Specifications unless noted:
Painting 6-07
Structural Steel and Related Materials 9-06
Landscape Strip Fencing post, top rail, arc middle rail, vertical rail, bottom rail and base plate shall be hot roll structural steel, per ASTM A-36, and shall meet the requirements of the Standard
Specifications, Sections 6-03 and 9-06.
Post caps and finials shall be steel per ASTM A-36 as detailed per Plans.
Fittings and fasteners shall be same basic material and alloy as parts being joined. Do not use materials that will be corrosive or incompatible with materials being fastened; do not utilize pop-rivets, sheet metal screws, adhesives or cast fittings.
Special Provisions SP 146 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Landscape Strip Fencing shall be painted per Section 6-07 Painting. Touch up for scratches as recommended by coating manufacturer for field application.
8-28.3 Construction Requirements
Landscape Strip Fencing shall be installed in the locations shown on the Plans and as detailed on the Plans. Landscape Strip Fencing, when completed, shall be in true alignment, on proper
grade, with all posts and vertical rails plumb. Top rails, bottom rails and base plate shall be parallel to finished grade.
Install base plate with tamperproof bolt epoxied anchored into concrete whenever indicated on the Plans.
Submittal
Contractor shall submit (3) three sets of shop drawings of Landscape Strip Fencing for Engineer’s approval, showing complete dimensions and details of fabrication, including an erection diagram and assembly diagram with fittings and connections. Materials being used shall be specified in shop drawings. Contractor shall provide mechanical connections for landscape strip fencing corner(s) to aid in transportation and installation.
Mock-Up Sample
Contractor shall furnish one (1) panel for review, one end side segment to illustrate connections, geometries, and finishes for review by Engineer prior to production fabrication of Landscape Strip Fencing.
Fabrication
Landscape Strip Fencing shall be shop custom fabricated and assembled per approved shop drawings to the greatest extent possible. Assembly shall be in a neat, craftsmanship manner,
using MIG Welding Processes as required, in accordance with the highest industry standards.
All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and AWS Standards and shall be performed by a WABO certified welder. Welds shall be Section 6-03.3 (25) of the Standard Specifications.
Top and bottom rail shall be parallel to finished grade of sidewalk. All arcs shall be smooth and continuous.
Finished grade on elevations per Plans do not reflect actual finished grade on site. Contractor shall verify finished grade slopes on site prior to Landscape Strip Fencing shop drawing submittal.
Field verify all dimensions for framed sections of the Landscape Strip Fencing on site prior to shop fabrication. All spacing, middle arc radii, and length dimensions for posts and base plates are approximate. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work.
Cutting shall be done by sawing or milling and all cuts shall be true and smooth. Flame cutting will not be permitted.
Special Provisions SP 147 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
All posts shall be structurally welded to flat bar, top rail, middle arc rail, bottom rail and base plate to assure fixed fastening for the life of Landscape Strip Fencing. Top rail corners shall be fitted by
miter and further welded to vertical rails and as required to obtain maximum assurance of strength through the railing's useful life. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves with tolerances to accommodate site assembly and installation.
Allow for thermal action resulting from the maximum range (change) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of rail systems, to prevent opening of joints, buckling, and other detrimental effects, including over stressing of connections and components. Expansion joints shall be provided as needed to allow for thermal expansion or contraction. Provide weep holes or other means to exit entrapped water from hollow sections of railing members exposed to exterior condensation, or moisture from other sources.
Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by isolating dissimilar materials from each other.
Exposed mechanical fastenings shall be flush tamper-proof countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.
All Landscape Strip Fencing posts, top rails, bottom rails, vertical rails, arched middle rails and base plates shall be adequately wrapped to ensure surface protection during handling and delivery to job site.
Landscape Strip Fencing shall require inspection upon delivery to the Project site. Any pieces damaged during shipping or having inconsistent color shall be removed from the Project site and rejected for construction.
Touch up for scratches as recommended by coating manufacturer for field application.
As installation is completed, clean Landscape Strip Fencing with plain water containing a mild detergent.
8-28.4 Measurement
Landscape Strip Fencing shall be measured per linear foot installed on thickened edge sidewalk.
8-28.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Landscape Strip Fencing” per linear foot.
The unit price bid shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment, supplies, incidental work, including but not limited to metal fencing fabrication, painting and mock-up sample to satisfactorily complete the work defined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Special Provisions SP 148 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
8-30 BENCH (NEW SECTION)
8-30.1 Description
This work shall consist of providing and installing Bench in accordance with details shown in Plans, the City of Renton Downtown Streetscape Design Standards and Guidelines and as specified herein.
8-30.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard Specifications unless noted:
Painting 6-07
Color shall be per Section 6-07.2, Painting.
Bench shall be Model RB-12 (backless), with middle armrest by Victor Stanley or approved equal.
All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel.
Expansion bolts shall be stainless steel 4” minimum length per manufacturer recommendation.
8-30.3 Construction Requirements
Contractor shall submit catalog cut sheets including paint color chip sample, manufacturer’s technical specifications and installation recommendations for Bench for Engineer’s approval prior to installation.
Bench shall typically require 8 to 10 weeks lead time prior to delivery and installation on site.
Contractor shall install each Bench on cement concrete sidewalk with approved expansion bolts and incidental connection materials, as detailed per the Plans.
8-30.4 Measurement
Bench shall be measured per each installed in its final location.
8-30.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Bench”, per each.
The unit price bid shall be for full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment, supplies, incidental work including removal, protection, delivery, coordination, installation and all related costs for any work associated with coordinating Bench to satisfactorily complete the work
Special Provisions SP 149 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
defined in the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions and the particular items called for in the Plans.
8-31 BIKE RACK (NEW SECTION)
8-31.1 Description
This work shall consist of providing and installing Bike Racks as shown on the Plans and as
specified herein. Bike Racks shall be as specified in the City of Renton Downtown Streetscape Design Standards and Guidelines.
8-31.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard Specifications unless noted.
Bike Racks shall be Model Oahu No-Scratch Circular Rack in stainless steel w/ bead blast finish and Santoprene TPV rubber bumpers on both sides by Sportworks Northwest, Inc., or approved equal.
Bike Rack shall typically require 8 to 10 weeks lead time prior to delivery and installation on site.
All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel.
Expansion bolts shall be stainless steel 4” minimum length per Bike Rack manufacturer recommendation.
8-31.3 Construction Requirements
Contractor shall submit catalog cut sheets including manufacturer’s technical specifications and installation recommendations for Bike Rack for Engineer’s approval prior to installation.
Contractor shall install each Bike Rack in concrete sidewalk with approved expansion bolts and
incidental connection materials, as detailed per the Plans.
8-31.4 Measurement
Bike Racks shall be measured per each installed in its final location.
8-31.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Bike Rack”, per each.
The unit price bid shall be for full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment, supplies, incidental work including removal, protection, delivery, coordination, installation and all
Special Provisions SP 150
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
related costs for any work associated with coordinating Bike Rack to satisfactorily complete the
work defined in the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions.
8-32 VEHICULAR BOLLARD (NEW SECTION)
8-32.1 Description
This work shall consist of procuring and installing Vehicular Bollards, including embedment and
concrete foundation, as detailed and shown in locations (concrete blockout schedule) per the
plans in Appendix D and the Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Plans and
as specified herein.
8-32.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following applicable standards and WSDOT Standard
Specifications unless noted:
Concrete Structures 6-02
Painting 6-07
Color shall be per Section 6-07.2, Painting.
Vehicular Bollard shall be Model Bell 100/Full, cast iron with primed finish by Furnitube, or
approved equal.
Anti-graffiti coating for Vehicular Bollard shall be a zero VOC, non-sacrificial top coat with a
minimum of 3.0-mils of clear non-yellowing gloss finish coating, suitable for metal application
within exterior outdoor environments and with a warranty of at least 10 years.
8-32.3 Construction Requirements
Contractor shall submit catalog cut sheets including manufacturer’s technical specifications and
installation recommendations for Vehicular Bollard’s high-performance coating and anti-graffiti
coating for Engineer’s approval prior to installation.
Vehicular Bollard shall typically require 10 to 12 weeks lead time prior to delivery and installation
on site.
Contractor shall submit manufacturer’s shop drawings of Vehicular Bollard, including plans and
elevations, indicating overall dimensions. Submit manufacturer’s samples of materials, finishes,
and colors for Engineer’s approval. Manufacturer’s standard warranty shall be submitted by
Contractor for Engineer’s approval.
Contractor shall submit Vehicular Bollard manufacturer’s product data, storage and handling
requirements and recommendations and foundation installation methods for Engineer’s approval.
Vehicular Bollard shall receive on-site painting with high gloss finish high performance coating
and anti-graffiti coating applied per manufacturers recommendations.
Special Provisions SP 151
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Contractor shall verify location and orientation of each Vehicular Bollard per the plans in Appendix
D and the Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project in the field and ensure
no underground conflict with utilities and detectable tactile warning surfaces.
Engineer to approval final location and orientation for all Vehicular Bollards prior to installation.
Contractor shall install each Vehicular Bollard in locations (according to concrete blockout
schedule) with concrete foundation and incidental connection materials, as detailed per the
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Plans and per the plans in Appendix D.
Contractor shall install each Vehicular Bollard in scored cement concrete sidewalk with concrete
foundations and incidental connection materials, as detailed per the Plans herein.
Contractor shall repair any minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions and as approved by Engineer.
Contractor shall remove and replace damaged components that cannot be successfully repaired
as determined by Engineer.
Vehicular Bollard shall be clean promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
Contractor shall not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that could damage finish. Protect
installed Vehicular Bollard to ensure that, except for normal weathering, Vehicular Bollard will be
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
8-32. 4 Measurement
Vehicular Bollard shall be measured per each installed Vehicular Bollard in its final location
including painting, embedment and concrete foundation.
8-32.5 Payment
Payment shall be made for the following bid item:
“Vehicular Bollard”, per each.
The unit price bid shall be for full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment,
supplies, incidental work including concrete foundation installation, on-site painting, anti-graffiti
coating, delivery, protection, coordination, installation and all related costs for any work
associated with coordinating Vehicular Bollard to satisfactorily complete the work defined in the
Standard Specifications and Special Provisions.
8-35 RESOLUTION OF UTILITY CONFLICTS (NEW SECTION)
8-35.1 Description
This work involves the identification and resolution of utility conflicts not identified in the plans
between proposed improvements and existing utilities. The Contracting Agency will pay these
Special Provisions SP 152 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
costs by force account if the work proves to be acceptable and the Contractor has performed the work with the authority of and due notice to the Engineer.
8-35.3 Construction Requirements
The Contracting Agency may direct the Contractor to pothole existing utilities to verify the field location and depth. Potholing shall include excavation and backfilling of the existing utility,
identification of the pipe or line size, material type and condition and the survey work to locate the facility horizontally and vertically. Survey information to be obtained shall include station and offset to center of utility and elevation at top of utility. Stations, offsets and elevations shall be to the nearest 0.1 foot unless greater accuracy is required. Potholes shall be backfilled with CSBC compacted to 95%, or with CDF, as directed by the Engineer. In areas subject to public traffic, the HMA patch shall match the depth of the surrounding pavement.
In the event that a conflict arises between the proposed improvements and an existing utility, the Resolution of Utility Conflicts item will compensate the Contractor for standby time and additional work in the following manner:
1. Standby time resulting from existing utility conflicts a) Standby time is defined as time the Contractor is unable to proceed with progression of a specific work item (i.e. storm drainage, underground utility installation etc.) due to conflicts with existing facilities. However, payment for standby time shall be limited to:
(1) For each agreed upon conflict, a maximum of four (4) hours of standby time will be
paid for actual delay of labor and equipment due to a utility conflict. The Contractor shall be responsible to adjust his work schedule and/or reassign his work forces and equipment to other areas of work to minimize standby time.
(2) If the conflict is resolved within one (1) hour of notification to the Engineer, no standby time will be paid.
2. Additional work required to resolve utility conflicts will be paid for at the bid unit prices for the
associated work. Work that can be measured and paid for at the unit contract prices shall not be identified as force account work. This work includes but is not limited to:
(1) Storm drainage manhole, pipe, vault, and conduit realignments of line and/or grade for the storm drain, undergrounding of overhead utilities, illumination, and signal, to avoid existing utility conflicts.
(2) Additional storm drainage manholes, pipe, vaults, and conduit required by a change in alignment, and/or grade, not exceeding the limits set in section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications.
8-35.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal:
"Resolution of Utility Conflicts" will be paid by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6.
Special Provisions SP 153 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
All costs for resolving utility conflicts will be paid for by force account in accordance with section 1-09.6. To provide a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the
amount for “Resolution of Utility Conflicts” and entered the amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. Utility conflicts due to the Contractor’s actions or operations shall be resolved by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency.
“Utility Potholing”, will be paid per each.
Special Provisions SP 154 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
DIVISION 9
MATERIALS
9-03 AGGREGATES
9-03.15 Native Material for Trench Backfill
Section 9-03.15 is replaced with the following:
Trench backfill outside of the roadway prism shall be excavated material free from wood or other organic waste, with no debris, clods or rocks greater than 3 inches in any dimension.
Add New Section 9-03.22:
9-03.22 Cement-based Grout for Abandoning Existing Utilities
The Contractor shall submit a mix proposal to be approved by the Engineer for Cement-based Grout for Abandoning Existing Utilities prior to commencing work on this item.
Cement-based Grout for Abandoning Existing Utilities shall be equal to a 1-sack mix and the materials shall conform to the following:
Cement: This material shall be Portland cement as specified in Section 9-01.
Aggregate: This material shall meet the requirements for fine aggregate as specified in Section 9-03.1
Water: Water shall conform to the provisions of Section 9-25.1.
9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING
9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A
Section 9-14.2(1) is supplemented with the following:
Topsoil Type A shall be a two-way mix of 50% pure organic compost and 50% sand or sandy loam. The soil shall be high in organic content and comprised of fully composted and mature organic materials.
Refer to Section 9-14.5(8) Compost of the Standard Specifications for compost requirements. No fresh sawdust or other fresh wood by-products shall be added to extend the volume after
the composting process.
Chemical and physical characteristic of Topsoil Type A shall comply with the following:
Screen Size 7/16” Maximum (Approximate Particle Size)
Total Nitrogen 0.25% Minimum
Special Provisions SP 155 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Organic Matter 10% Minimum
pH Range 5.5 to 7.5
Conductivity 5 mmhos/cm Maximum
The Contractor shall provide a complete analysis of Topsoil Type A with one cubic foot sample for review and approval.
9-14.4 Fertilizer
Section 9-14.4 is supplemented with the following:
All fertilizer applications for trees and shrubs shall follow Washington State University, National Arborist Association or other accepted agronomic or horticultural standards.
Fertilizer for trees and shrubs shall be 20-10-5, biodegradable packets. Apply per manufacturer’s recommendations.
9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chips
Section 9-14.5(3) is supplemented with the following:
Bark mulch shall be medium grade composted ground fir or hemlock bark.
The bark shall be uniform in color, free from weed seeds, sawdust and splinters. The mulch shall not contain resin, tannin, wood fiber or other compounds detrimental to plant life. The moisture content of bagged mulch shall not exceed 22%. The acceptable size range of bark mulch material is ½” to 1” with maximum of 20% passing the ½” screen.
9-14.7(2) Quality
Section 9-14.7(2) is supplemented with the following:
Plant material shall be free from disfiguring knots, swollen grafts, sunscald injuries, bark abrasions, evidence of improper pruning or other objectionable disfigurement.
Potted and container stock shall be well rooted and vigorous enough to ensure survival and healthy growth. Shrubs shall have full foliage (not leggy). Container stock shall be grown in its delivery container for not less than six (6) months, but not for more than two (2) years. Root bound or broken containers will not be accepted. Bare root, liner and root stock with dried or shriveled roots from exposure will not be accepted.
Trees shall meet WSDOT standard “Street Tree Grade” and will be provided with untapped, straight, single leaders, and shall be free of branches to minimum six (6) feet above ground line. Trees shall have full crowns and balanced branching.
Measurements, caliper, branching, grading, quality, balling and burlapping shall follow the Code of Standards of the American Associate of Nurserymen in the American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI 260.1, latest edition. Measurements shall be taken with all branches in their normal growing position. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery to site.
Special Provisions SP 156 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9-14.7(3) Handling and Shipping
Section 9-14.7(3) is supplemented with the following:
All plant material shall be transported to planting locations with care to prevent damage. Tie back branches as necessary and protect bark from chafing with burlap bags. Do not drag plant materials along ground without proper protection of roots and branches. Protect rootballs from
environmental or mechanical damage and water as necessary to keep roots moist. Add New Section 9-14.9:
9-14.9 Tree Watering Bag System
Tree watering bag system shall be commercially available, 15-gallon, slow-release watering bag with two (2) water-release points per bag. Materials: UV-stabilized polyethylene with nylon zipper and polypropylene handle straps; color: green. Add New Section 9-14.10:
9-14.10 Root Barrier
Root Barrier shall be 24” depth, flexible interlocking panels with half-inch (1/2”) raised vertical reinforcing ribs, horizontal ground-lock tabs to prevent lifting and double top edge. Panels shall be made from injection molded High Impact Polypropylene (HIPP) with built-in UV inhibitors and a minimum thickness of 0.080 inches.
9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(September 3, 2019 WSDOT GSP) Slip-Resistant Surfacing for Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
Where slip-resistant junction boxes, cable vaults, or pull boxes are required, each box or vault shall have slip-resistant surfacing material applied to the steel lid and frame of the box or vault.
Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide or less, slip-resistant surfacing material may be omitted from that portion of the frame.
Slip-resistant surfacing material shall be identified with a permanent marking on the underside of each box or vault lid where it is applied. The permanent marking shall be formed with a mild steel weld bead, with a line thickness of at least 1/8 inch. The marking shall include a two character identification code for the type of material used and the year of manufacture or application. The following materials are approved for application as slip-resistant material, and shall use the associated identification codes:
1. Harsco Industrial IKG, Mebac #1 - Steel: M1
2. W. S. Molnar Co., SlipNOT Grade 3 – Coarse: S3
3. Thermion, SafTrax TH604 Grade #1 – Coarse: T1
Special Provisions SP 157 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes
Section 9-29.2(1)A is supplemented with the following:
Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame anchored in place and galvanized steel cover plate (Diamond pattern). Grounding lugs shall be stainless steel and
shall be mechanically and electrically bonded. Junction boxes for copper wire shall incorporate a locking lid per WSDOT Standard Plans J-40.10 and J-40.30. Junction boxes shall have slip-resistant lids and frames. Non-Concrete Junction Boxes shall not be allowed on the project.
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable
Section 9-29.3(2) is supplemented with the following: Each illumination wire shall be numbered at each terminal end with a wrap-around type numbering strip bearing the circuit number shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary wiring, fuses and fittings so as to complete the installation of the lighting equipment as required. All materials and installation
methods, except as noted otherwise herein, shall comply with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code.
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards
9-29.6A Decorative Roadway Luminaire Poles
Section 9-29.6A is added as follows:
Decorative roadway luminaire pole and its subassemblies shall be per City of Renton Std. Plan 117.1. Decorative luminaire arm assemblies shall be per City of Renton Std. Plan 117.3. Pole and its subassemblies color shall be RAL 9005TX (Jet Black).
9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires
Section 9-29.10(2) is supplemented with the following: Luminaire performance specifications shall be as follows:
Roadway and pedestrian luminaires shall be LED type, wattages similar to the wattages shown in the luminaire schedules on the Plans. The roadway and pedestrian luminaire housing shall be dome shaped and similar to dimensions as shown on the COR Standard Plans, made of
cast or spun aluminum with tempered flat glass lens attached to a round cast aluminum lens frame with one or more latches to provide tool less access to the internal components, upper
Special Provisions SP 158 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
section shall be round aluminum tubing with shallow dome shaped top cap. Luminaire shall be IP66 certified and conform to UL 1598 standards or CSA certified.
Lens module shall be clear tempered flat glass assembled on a cast aluminum lens frame, fitted with a silicon gasket compression system to attain an IP 66 rating. Upper housing shall
have a 1 ½” hole predrilled at 5 ¾” from top of 4” tubing (upper housing) to accept 1” conduit that is party of the arm assembly. LED module shall be mechanically secured on a die cast aluminum heat sink, minimum 70 CRI, correlated color temperature to be 4000 Kelvin, Type II or III Optics (per the Plans). Driver module shall be auto adjustable 120-277VAC Class 1, wired at 240V, ROHS compliant assembled on a tool less removable tray with quick disconnects resisting to 221 Degrees F (105 C), high power factor of 90%. Minimum starting temperature shall be -40 degrees, maximum operating temperature of 130 Degrees F. On board thermal protection device reduces output current to 150mA if internal driver temperature (Tcase) exceeds 185 Degrees
F (85 C), provide 3-pole 10KV surge protector per IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 C High. 3-Wire Terminal Block shall be affixed to the bottom of the driver module tray which is attached to the removable pole top cap, terminal block is pre-wired to driver module, provide UL, pertinent
luminaire codification labels affixed to inside of the luminaire housing. If the Contractor choses to submit “equivalent” fixtures that differ from the list below, the
Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the performance of the LED luminaires is adequate to comply with the City Illumination Standards (roadways: 1.3 ft-candles average and 4:1 uniformity; intersections: 1.5 ft-candles average and 4:1 uniformity, and a minimum of 0.8 ft-candles at any location within the crosswalks) without modifying illumination and signal pole locations shown on the Plans (AGI32 files shall be provided to the Contractor by the Engineer). All calculations shall be submitted for Engineer’s approval prior to placing an order. All decorative fixtures shall be of the same manufacturer and external appearance. All exposed hardware is stainless steel, textured finish on fixture and arm shall be RAL 9005TX (Jet Black).
Luminaire housing color shall be RAL 9005TX (Jet Black).
9-29.10(2)A Decorative Pedestrian Luminaires
Section 9-29.10(2)A is supplemented with the following: Decorative pedestrian luminaires shall be Domia LED by Cyclone, model number CYM55P1-GAL-3-__W-4K-240-CP4320-RAL9005TX or approved equal. Wattages shall be per the luminaire schedule shown in the Plans. Luminaire housing to be dome shaped, 21” diameter
at the bottom transitioning to a 4” round upper housing with a removable top cap. Each luminaire shall have a wired plug in socket containing a photo cell per Section 9-29.11(2).
9-29.10(2)B Decorative Roadway Luminaires
Section 9-29.10(2)B is added as follows:
Special Provisions SP 159 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Decorative roadway luminaires shall be Domia LED by Cyclone, model number CYL55P1-GAL-3-__W-4K-240-CP4320-RAL9005TX or approved equal. Wattages shall be per the
luminaire schedule shown in the Plans. Luminaire housing to be dome shaped, 27 ½” diameter at the bottom transitioning to a 6 5/8” round upper housing with a removable top cap, overall height to be 26 ¼”.
Each luminaire shall have a wired plug in socket containing a photo cell per Section 9-29.11(2).
9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls
Section 9-29.11(2) is replaced with: The photo cell to control the illumination system shall be mounted on each luminaire. Photoelectric controls shall be a plug in device, rated to operate on 120 volts, 60 Hz. The unit shall consist of a light sensitive element connected to necessary control relays. The unit shall be so designed that a failure of any electronic component will energize the lighting circuit. The photo cell shall be a solid state device with stable turn on values in the temperature range of -55 degrees C to +70 degrees C. The photo cell shall be rated for a 20-year (or higher) life
expectancy.
9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS
9-30.1 Pipe
Section 9-30.1 is supplemented and revised as follows: All materials for water distribution and transmission shall be new and undamaged. Prior to
ordering any pipe and fittings to be used in a potable water supply, the Contractor shall submit the material source as required by Section 1-06.1 of the Standard Specifications. All direct and indirect drinking water system components which come in contact with potable water shall
have National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) certification. All pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer’s name, type, class, and thickness as applicable and shall be marked on the component at the place of manufacture. Marking shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage.
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
Section 9-30.1(1) is revised as follows: 1. Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast in 18 or 20 foot nominal lengths and meet the
requirements of AWWA C151. Ductile iron pipe shall have a double thick cement mortar lining and a 1-mil thick seal coat meeting the requirements of AWWA C104. Ductile iron pipe shall be minimum Standard Thickness Class 52 or the thickness class as shown in the Plans. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Class 53 per AWWA C115.
2. Non-restrained joint shall be rubber gasket, push-on type joint (Tyton) or mechanical joint (M.J.) conforming to AWWA C111, unless otherwise specified.
Special Provisions SP 160 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
3. Restrained joints shall be as specified in Section 9-30.2(6).
4. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI B16.1, class 125 drilling pattern, rated for 250 psi working pressure. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Class 53 per AWWA C 115. Thicker Classes are acceptable.
The Contractor shall furnish certification from the manufacturer of the pipe and gasket
being supplied that the inspection and all of the specified tests have been made and the results thereof comply with the requirements of the above referenced standards.
9-30.1(2) Polyethylene Encasement
Section 9-30.1(2) is supplemented and revised as follows: Polyethylene encasement (plastic film wrap) shall be eight mil polyethylene, tube type
conforming to AWWA C105. All ductile iron pipes and fittings shall be installed with a polyethylene encasement, tube-type and in black color.
9-30.2 Fittings
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
Section 9-30.2(1) is supplemented and revised as follows: Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron conforming to AWWA C110, and AWWA C111 or AWWA C153 and shall be cement-lined conforming to AWWA C104. All water main fittings shall be ductile iron, short body, cement lined and for pressure rating of 350 psi for mechanical joint fittings and 250 psi for flange joint fittings, unless otherwise specified. Metal thickness and manufacturing process shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. Mechanical joint, ductile iron, compact fittings 24 inches and less shall conform to ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Flanged fittings, cast or ductile iron, shall conform to ANSI B16.1, class 125 drilling pattern.
Ductile iron fittings include: tees, crosses, wyes, bends, adapters, sleeves, plugs, caps,
offsets, reducers, and ells. Rubber gaskets for push-on joints or mechanical joint (M.J.) shall conform to ANSI A21.11 /
AWWA C111. Gasket materials for flange joints shall be neoprene, Buna N, chlorinated butyl, or cloth-inserted rubber suitable for pressurized water service purposes. Type of connections shall be specified as push-on joint, mechanical joint (M.J.), plain end (P.E.), flanged (FL),
restrained joint (RJ) and threaded.
Sleeves less than 12 inches in diameter shall be 12 inches minimum length and shall be mechanical joint. Sleeves greater than 12 inches in diameter shall be of the long body type and shall be 15 inches minimum length and shall be mechanical joint.
Where ductile iron pipe is to be joined to existing cast iron pipe of the same nominal size and the outside diameter of the existing cast iron pipe is 0.05 inches or less from the outside
Special Provisions SP 161 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
diameter of the ductile iron pipe being joined, the pipe shall be joined with a mechanical joint sleeve.
Where ductile iron pipe is to be joined to existing cast iron pipe of the same nominal size and the outside diameter of the existing cast iron pipe conforms to AWWA 1908 classifications A, B, C, D, or F, the pipe shall be joined with a transition mechanical joint sleeve having a single-piece casting. Threaded pipe and flanges combinations shall not be used.
Bolts in piping and fittings shall be malleable iron, Cor-ten or stainless steel. Bolts and nuts for flanged pipe and fittings shall conform in size and length with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Stainless steel bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-307, Grade A. Shackle rods shall be Cor-ten or stainless steel all thread 316SS. Stainless steel nuts and bolts shall be type
316SS.
Contractor shall provide Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1-06.3 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance of the Standards Specifications for all fittings and bolts to be used.
9-30.2(2) Galvanized Iron Pipe
Section 9-30.2(2) is a new section and shall read as follows:
Where galvanized iron pipe is specified, the pipe shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, steel pipe per Standard Specifications for black and hot-dipped, zinc coated (galvanized) welded and seamless steel pipe for ordinary uses (ASTM A-120). Fittings shall be screwed malleable
iron galvanized per ANSI B16.3.
9-30.2(3) Steel Casing Pipe
Section 9-30.2(3) is a new section and shall read as follows:
Steel casing shall be black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 53. Before installation, coat casing exterior with shop-applied anticorrosive coating conforming to AWWA C210. Minimum coating thickness shall be 16 mils dry film thickness (DFT); however, thickness shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended thickness. Coating type shall be a polyamide epoxy-coal tar equal to Tnemec Hi-Build Theme-Tar, Series 46H-413.
Casing wall thickness shall be 0.250 inch for casings 24 inches or less in diameter and 0.375 inch for casings over 24 inches in diameter. Carrier pipe for water main shall be Restrained Joint Ductile Iron, Class 52. 9-30.2(4) Steel Pipe
Section 9-30.2(4) including title is revised as follows:
9-30.2(4) Spacers and Seals for Steel Casing Pipe
Casing spacers shall be “centered positioning” type bands at least 12 inch in width, and shall be either stainless steel or heavy duty fusion bonded epoxy coated steel. Runners shall be 2-
Special Provisions SP 162 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
inch wide glass reinforced plastic securely bonded to the spacer, and shall be aligned on the spacer along the axis of insertion of the water main into the casing pipe. Runner length shall
approximate the width of the spacer. Securing the spacer to the water main shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction. The height of the risers and runners combined shall be sufficient to keep the carrier pipe bell, couplings or fittings at least 0.75 inch from the
casing pipe wall at all times and provide at least 1-inch clearance between the runners and the top of the casing wall, to prevent jamming during installation.
Acceptable spacers and end seals manufacturers are Pipeline Seal and Insulator model S12G-2 for stainless steel and model C12G-2, C8G-2 for fusion-bonded and coated steel,
Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co., Advance Products & Systems, Inc. or approved equal. 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Section 9-30.2(6) including title is revised as follows:
9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings
Restrained joints (RJ) ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be push-on joint with Megalug Harness Series 1700 or Romac Series 600 or approved equal where required on the Contract Plans, shall be flexible after assembly and be able to be disassembled. All mechanical joint (MJ) fittings and valves as shown on Contract Plans shall have restrained retainer glands equal to Megalug 1100 Series, or Romac RomaGrip or approved equal where required on the Contract Plans in addition to concrete blocking per City of Renton Standard Plans.
9-30.2(7) Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe
Section 9-30.2(7) is revised as follows: Transition couplings, reducing couplings, transition reducing couplings, sleeves, flexible couplings for water main shall be compression type by pipe manufacturer: Romac or Ford or
approved equal. Bolts and nuts shall be high strength, low alloy steel, corrosion resistant per AWWA C111. Stainless steel bolts require anti-seize compound. Heavy hex nuts shall be used.
The long body pattern with a minimum center ring or center sleeve length of 12-inches for pipe less than 12 inches in diameter and equal to or greater than the pipe diameter for pipe greater than 12 inches in diameter. Solid sleeves (greater than 12 inch diameter) shall be a 15 inch minimum length.
9-30.3 Valves
Section 9-30.3 is supplemented and revised as follows: The valves shall be a standard pattern of a manufacturer whose products are approved by the Engineer and shall have the name or mark of the manufacturer, year valve casting was made, size and working pressure plainly cast in raided and legible letters on the valve body. All valves shall be NSF approved and valve bodies shall be ductile iron. All valves shall be stamped with “NSF APPROVED” and “DI”.
Special Provisions SP 163 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Where a valve is required to operate in a higher pressure environment than the Class of valve specified in Section 9-30.3, the class of valve shall be as specified in the Contract.
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 16 inches)
Section 9-30.3(1) is replaced with the following:
All valve material shall be new and undamaged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the same manufacturer of each item shall be used throughout the work. All gate valves shall be ductile iron body, bronze mounted, resilient seat, non-rising stem and shall be equipped with a standard two (2) inch square operating nut and O-ring stem seals. Valves shall open counterclockwise when viewed from above. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 PSI.
Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C-509 and C-515 latest revisions.
Valve ends shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints or mechanical by flanged joints as shown on the project plans. Where restrained joints are called out, valve ends shall be flanged with appropriate flange by restrained joint adapters.
All gate valves shall include an 8" x 24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. A valve stem extension is required where the valve operating nut is more than 3 feet below finished grade. Valve stem extensions are to be a minimum of 1 foot with only one extension per valve in shall be installed in accordance to the City of Renton standard plans. Acceptable gate valves are Clow, M & H/Kennedy, American Flow Control (ACIPCo), Pratt/Mueller, US Metroseal or approved equal in sizes 16 inches and less. Approval of valves other than models specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening.
9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves
Section 9-30.3(3) is supplemented and revised as follows:
In addition to the requirements of section 9-30.3, water main butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504 and shall be Class 150B. The valve shall be short-body type and shall have flanged ends. Flanged ends shall be sized and drilled in conformance with ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Valve shall be suitable for direct bury and shall have a stem extension with AWWA 2-inch square operating nut and suitable valve box. All butterfly valves bodies and discs shall be ductile iron.
The butterfly valves shall be manufactured by Henry Pratt Company, Mueller, DeZurick, Mosser Valve Division of Olsen Technologies, Dresser 450, Pratt Groundhog or approved equal.
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes
Section 9-30.3(4) is supplemented and revised as follows:
Special Provisions SP 164 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
Valve boxes shall be installed on all buried valves. The box and lid shall be cast iron, 2-piece slip type with cast iron extension as necessary, conforming to the City of Renton latest
standard plans. The cover shall have the word “WATER” cast in it and shall have cast-iron “ears” installed in the direction of the main. Valve box extension pieces shall be provided for valves with groundcover in excess of the depth of the standard valve box.
Acceptable manufacturers of valves boxes and covers are Olympic Foundry, Inc., EJCO, Rich (Varnish Casting Corp.)
9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts
Section 9-30.3(5) is supplemented and revised as follows: Valve markers shall be Carsonite composite utility marker .375"x 6'-0" or approved equal with blue label "water”. The valve markers shall be installed in conformance with the City of Renton Standard Plans.
9-30.3(6) Valve Stem Extensions
Section 9-30.3(6) is supplemented and revised as follows:
Valve stem extensions shall have a 2-inch square operating nut and self-centering rockplate. A valve stem extension is required where the valve operating nut is more than 3 feet below finished grade. Valve stem extensions are to be a minimum of 1 foot with only one extension per valve in shall be installed in accordance to the City of Renton standard plans.
9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/ Air Vacuum Valves
Section 9-30.3(7) is supplemented and revised as follows: Combination air release/air vacuum valves shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C512. Air and vacuum release valves shall be APCO No. 143C- Valve and Primer Corp, "Heavy-Duty," combination air release valve, Val-Matic No. 201C, Crispin UL10 or approved equal. Installation shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Piping and fitting shall be copper or brass. Location of the air release valve as show on the plans is
approximate. The installation shall be set at the actual high point of the line.
9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly
Section 9-30.3(8) is supplemented and revised as follows:
Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron, ductile iron, or epoxy coated steel. Bolt and nuts shall be Cor-Ten or stainless steel.
9-30.3(9) Blow-Off Assembly
Section 9-30.3(9) is supplemented and revised as follows:
Installation of blow-off assembly shall be per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Pipe and fittings shall be galvanized. Blow-off assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the plans. Temporary blow-off assembly on new dead-end water main shall be installed at
Special Provisions SP 165 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
location shown on the plans. Temporary blow-off assemblies for testing and flushing of the new water mains will not be included under this item and shall be considered incidental to the
contract and no additional payment shall be made.
9-30.5 Hydrants
Section 9-30.5 is supplemented and revised as follows:
Fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 and shall be of standard manufacture and of a pattern approved by the City of Renton. The name or mark of the manufacturer, size of the valve opening and year made shall be plainly cast in raised letters on the hydrant barrel to be visible after the hydrant is installed.
Hydrants of the following manufacture and pattern have been approved by the City of Renton.
Clow Medallion, M&H 929, Mueller Centurion Model A-423, Waterous Pacer, American Darling Model B-62B, Kennedy K81D Guardian, East Jordan WaterMaster 5CD250.
9-30.5(1) End Connections
Section 9-30.5(1) is supplemented and revised as follows:
Hydrant end connections shall be mechanical joint connection unless otherwise specified in the description of the bid of proposal.
9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions
Section 9-30.5(2) is replaced with the following: Fire hydrants shall have a valve opening with minimum diameter 1 of 5-1/4 inches, “O” ring
stem seal, two 2-1/2 inches National Standard Thread (N.S.T.) hose nozzle connections, one
4-inches pumper port connection with City of Seattle standard threats and with a 4.875” Seattle thread x 5” Storz adapter attached with a 1/8” stainless steel cable. The shoe connection and hydrant connection inside pipe size and auxiliary gate valve shall be 6 inches, mechanical joint with lugs. The operating nut and port cap nuts are 1-1/4-inch pentagonal. Hydrant restraint system shall be two 3/4-inch diameter Cor-Ten steel shackle rods with a poured in place concrete thrust block behind the hydrant shoe. If a wedge restraint system is used in lieu of shackle rods, mechanical joint pipe shall be used. Hydrants shall be provided with a breakaway flange assembly and be equipped with breaking devices at the sidewalk.
The hydrant curb stand section of the hydrant that is above ground including all exposed surfaces of the breakaway flange shall be painted with 2 field coats of paint Kelly-Moore Luxlite or approved equal in Safety Yellow color.
Fire hydrants shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Details for fire hydrants, latest revisions.
Special Provisions SP 166 Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project April 2021
9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 Inches and Smaller)
9-30.6(3) Service Pipes
9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe
Section 9-30.6(3)B is revised to read as follows: Polyethylene pipe shall not be used.
9-30.6(4) Service Fittings
Section 9-30.6(4) is revised to read as follows:
Fittings used for copper tubing shall be compression type with gripper ring.
9-30.6(5) Meter Setters
Section 9-30.6(5) is supplemented with the following:
Meter setters shall be installed per the City of Renton Standard Details for water meters, latest revision.
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
VI. APPENDICES
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX A – Wage Rates
State of Washington
Department of Labor & Industries
Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335
PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540
Washington State Prevailing Wage
The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of
fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less
than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the
Benefit Code Key.
Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 4/6/2021
County Trade Job Classification Wage HolidayOvertime Note
*Risk
Class
King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $52.39 5D 1H View
King Boilermakers Journey Level $70.79 5N 1C View
King Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View
King Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $60.57 7E 1N View
King Building Service Employees Janitor $26.28 5S 2F View
King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $26.63 5S 2F View
King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non-
Scaffold)
$29.98 5S 2F View
King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $30.98 5S 2F View
King Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.74 1 View
King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $64.94 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Carpenter $64.94 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $65.07 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Creosoted Material $65.07 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Floor Finisher $64.94 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Floor Layer $64.94 7A 4C View
King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $64.94 7A 4C View
King Cement Masons Application of all Composition
Mastic
$64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy
Material
$64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Application of all Plastic
Material
$64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Application of Sealing
Compound
$64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Building General $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Concrete Paving $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Curing Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
1 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Floor Grinding $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Green Concrete Saw, self-
powered
$64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Journey Level $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Patching Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Sand Blasting Architectural
Finish
$64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat
Concrete
$64.34 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator
on Colored Slabs
$64.84 7A 4U View
King Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $64.84 7A 4U View
King Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible
Operator (Not Under Pressure)
$118.80 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $81.98 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Diver $118.80 7A 4C 8V View
King Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $76.98 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $69.91 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $69.91 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $74.91 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle
Operator/Technician
$69.91 7A 4C View
King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle
Tender
$65.19 7A 4C View
King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $70.62 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $70.07 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Boatmen $70.62 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $71.97 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $73.41 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Mates $70.62 5D 3F View
King Dredge Workers Oiler $70.07 5D 3F View
King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View
King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $65.31 5P 1E View
King Electrical Fixture
Maintenance Workers
Journey Level $31.99 5L 1E View
King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $92.57 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $99.46 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $89.44 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $96.02 7C 4E View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
2 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $44.78 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $86.30 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $92.57 7C 4E View
King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $47.53 5A 1B View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Cable Splicer $82.39 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Certified Line Welder $75.64 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Groundperson $49.17 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Heavy Line Equipment
Operator
$75.64 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Journey Level Lineperson $75.64 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Line Equipment Operator $64.54 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Meter Installer $49.17 5A 4D 8W View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Pole Sprayer $75.64 5A 4D View
King Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Powderperson $56.49 5A 4D View
King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View
King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $100.51 7D 4A View
King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $108.53 7D 4A View
King Fabricated Precast Concrete
Products
All Classifications - In-Factory
Work Only
$18.25 5B 1R View
King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Flaggers Journey Level $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Glaziers Journey Level $69.26 7L 1Y View
King Heat & Frost Insulators And
Asbestos Workers
Journeyman $79.43 5J 4H View
King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View
King Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Industrial Power Vacuum
Cleaner
Journey Level $13.69 1 View
King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K View
King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K View
King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K View
King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K View
King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K View
King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K View
King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing
Of Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Cleaner Operator, Foamer
Operator
$31.49 1 View
King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing
Of Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Grout Truck Operator $13.69 1 View
King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing
Of Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Head Operator $24.91 1 View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
3 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing
Of Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Technician $19.33 1 View
King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing
Of Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 View
King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View
King Ironworkers Journeyman $76.78 7N 1O View
King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating
Screed
$52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Batch Weighman $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Brick Pavers $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Brush Cutter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Burner $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Caisson Worker $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Carpenter Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And
Over)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Choker Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Chuck Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Concrete Dumper/Chute
Operator
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/Core
Driller
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Crusher Feeder $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Curing Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking &
Moving (Incl. Charred Material)
$52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Ditch Digger $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Diver $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Drill Operator (Hydraulic,
Diamond)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Dump Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Epoxy Technician $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Fine Graders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Firewatch $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
4 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Laborers Form Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers General Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Grade Checker & Transit
Person
$54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Grinders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Groutmen (Pressure) Including
Post Tension Beams
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Guardrail Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker
(Level A)
$54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker
(Level B)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker
(Level C)
$52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers High Scaler $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Jackhammer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Maintenance Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Material Yard Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Nozzleman (Concrete Pump,
Green Cutter When Using
Combination Of High Pressure
Air & Water On Concrete &
Rock, Sandblast, Gunite,
Shotcrete, Water Blaster,
Vacuum Blaster)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pavement Breaker $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pilot Car $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pipe Reliner $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Pot Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Powderman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Powderman's Helper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Power Jacks $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Re-timberman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Rip Rap Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Rivet Buster $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Rodder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Scaffold Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
5 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Laborers Scale Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Sloper (Over 20") $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Spreader (Concrete) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Stake Hopper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Stock Piler $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain
Chair
$44.40 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air
& Gas Operated Tools
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Tamper (Multiple & Self-
propelled)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger,
Shorer & Cribber)
$53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Topper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Track Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Track Liner (Power) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $47.48 7A 4V 9C View
King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $50.31 7A 4V 9C View
King Laborers Truck Spotter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Tugger Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 0-30 psi
$129.67 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 30.01-44.00 psi
$134.70 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 44.01-54.00 psi
$138.38 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 54.01-60.00 psi
$144.08 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 60.01-64.00 psi
$146.20 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 64.01-68.00 psi
$151.30 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 68.01-70.00 psi
$153.20 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 70.01-72.00 psi
$155.20 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 72.01-74.00 psi
$157.20 7A 4V 9B View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock
Tender
$54.11 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Vibrator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Watchman $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Welder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Well Point Laborer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View
King Laborers - Underground
Sewer & Water
General Laborer & Topman $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
6 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Laborers - Underground
Sewer & Water
Pipe Layer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View
King Landscape Construction Landscape
Construction/Landscaping Or
Planting Laborers
$40.36 7A 4V 8Y View
King Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 1 View
King Lathers Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View
King Marble Setters Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View
King Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Journey Level $41.70 15F 11A View
King Millwright Journey Level $66.44 7A 4C View
King Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Electrician $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Plumber $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Production Worker $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Utility Person $13.69 1 View
King Modular Buildings Welder $13.69 1 View
King Painters Journey Level $45.40 6Z 2B View
King Pile Driver Crew Tender $69.91 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker
0-30.00 PSI
$80.76 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 30.01 -
44.00 PSI
$85.76 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 44.01 -
54.00 PSI
$89.76 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 54.01 -
60.00 PSI
$94.76 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 60.01 -
64.00 PSI
$97.26 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 64.01 -
68.00 PSI
$102.26 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 68.01 -
70.00 PSI
$104.26 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 70.01 -
72.00 PSI
$106.26 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 72.01 -
74.00 PSI
$108.26 7A 4C View
King Pile Driver Journey Level $65.19 7A 4C View
King Plasterers Journey Level $61.67 7Q 1R View
King Playground & Park Equipment
Installers
Journey Level $13.69 1 View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
7 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $92.19 6Z 1G View
King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator:
concrete
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -
Laser Screed
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line
Pump, Pump High Pressure
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over
42 M
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and
over
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150' of boom
(including jib with
attachments)
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44
Tons With Attachments
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250' of boom including jib with
attachments
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or
300' of boom including jib with
attachments
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99
Tons, Under 150' Of Boom
(including Jib With
Attachments)
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And
Under
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes
through 199 tons
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, A-frame over 10
tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
8 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck
Or Crane Mount
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift:
Permanent And Shaft Type
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over
With Attachments
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs.
With Attachments
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump
Articulating Off- Road
Equipment 45 Yards. & Over
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump
Articulating Off-road
Equipment Under 45 Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over
10 Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10
Tons And Under
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. &
Over
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6
Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen -
$0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic)
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header
And/or Shield
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
Operator
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
9 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane:
20 Tons Through 44 Tons
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100
Tons And Over
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45
Tons Through 99 Tons
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under
100 Feet In Height Based To
Boom
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman
(Certified)
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under
45 Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry
All
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe:
Over 30 Metric Tons To 50
Metric Tons
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90
Metric Tons
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
10 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider &
Screedman
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In
Height Base To Boom
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175'
through 250' in height, base to
boom
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in
height from base to boom
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or
Truck Type
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100
Tons And Over
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver
Under 100 Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable
Conveyor
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Batch Plant Operator,
Concrete
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Finish Machine -
Laser Screed
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line
Pump, Pump High Pressure
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over
42 M
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
11 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes friction: 200 tons and
over
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150' of boom
(including jib with
attachments)
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44
Tons With Attachments
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250' of boom including jib with
attachments
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 300 tons and over or
300' of boom including jib with
attachments
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99
Tons, Under 150' Of Boom
(including Jib With
Attachments)
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And
Under
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: Friction cranes
through 199 tons
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, A-frame over 10
tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck
Or Crane Mount
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Elevator And Man-lift:
Permanent And Shaft Type
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over
With Attachments
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs.
With Attachments
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
12 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump
Articulating Off- Road
Equipment 45 Yards. & Over
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump
Articulating Off-road
Equipment Under 45 Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over
10 Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10
Tons And Under
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. &
Over
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Overhead Under 6
Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mechanics, All (leadmen -
$0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic)
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header
And/or Shield
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
Operator
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Outside Hoists (Elevators And
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type Crane:
20 Tons Through 44 Tons
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type: 100
Tons And Over
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type: 45
Tons Through 99 Tons
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
13 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quick Tower - No Cab, Under
100 Feet In Height Based To
Boom
$69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman
(Certified)
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scraper, Self Propelled Under
45 Yards
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers - Concrete & Carry
All
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe:
Over 30 Metric Tons To 50
Metric Tons
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90
Metric Tons
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Spreader, Topsider &
Screedman
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
14 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Crane Up To 175' In
Height Base To Boom
$74.22 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Crane: over 175'
through 250' in height, base to
boom
$74.99 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Cranes: over 250' in
height from base to boom
$75.72 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Transporters, All Track Or
Truck Type
$73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100
Tons And Over
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Crane Oiler/Driver
Under 100 Tons
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Mount Portable
Conveyor
$72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View
King Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Journey Level In Charge $55.03 5A 4A View
King Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Spray Person $52.24 5A 4A View
King Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Equipment Operator $55.03 5A 4A View
King Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer $49.21 5A 4A View
King Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer Groundperson $37.47 5A 4A View
King Refrigeration & Air
Conditioning Mechanics
Journey Level $87.01 6Z 1G View
King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View
King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $36.44 1 View
King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $46.64 1 View
King Residential Drywall
Applicators
Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View
King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $36.36 1 View
King Residential Electricians Journey Level $48.80 1 View
King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $28.93 1 View
King Residential Insulation
Applicators
Journey Level $28.18 1 View
King Residential Laborers Journey Level $29.73 1 View
King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $27.38 1 View
King Residential Painters Journey Level $23.47 1 View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
15 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Residential Plumbers &
Pipefitters
Journey Level $92.19 6Z 1G View
King Residential Refrigeration &
Air Conditioning Mechanics
Journey Level $87.01 6Z 1G View
King Residential Sheet Metal
Workers
Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View
King Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.91 5A 3J View
King Residential Sprinkler Fitters
(Fire Protection)
Journey Level $53.04 5C 2R View
King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View
King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View
King Residential Terrazzo/Tile
Finishers
Journey Level $24.39 1 View
King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.04 1 View
King Roofers Journey Level $57.30 5A 3H View
King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous
Materials
$60.30 5A 3H View
King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $89.61 7F 1E View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane
Operator
$38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost
Insulator
$79.43 5J 4H View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating
Engineer
$38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction
Warehouse/Teamster
$38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder /
Burner
$38.54 7V 1 View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7Y 4K View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $47.42 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost
Insulator
$79.43 5J 4H View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating
Engineer
$45.06 7Y 4K View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $47.35 7X 4J View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
16 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $47.35 7X 4J View
King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse /
Teamster
$45.06 7Y 4K View
King Sign Makers & Installers
(Electrical)
Journey Level $51.56 0 1 View
King Sign Makers & Installers (Non-
Electrical)
Journey Level $33.20 0 1 View
King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.91 5A 3J View
King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $13.69 1 View
King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire
Protection)
Journey Level $85.89 5C 1X View
King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non
Structural)
Journey Level $13.69 1 View
King Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View
King Street And Parking Lot
Sweeper Workers
Journey Level $19.09 1 View
King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site
Surveyor
$72.28 7A 3K 8X View
King Surveyors Chainman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View
King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $73.49 7A 3K 8X View
King Telecommunication
Technicians
Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View
King Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Cable Splicer $37.40 5A 2B View
King Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Hole Digger/Ground Person $25.04 5A 2B View
King Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Equipment
Operator (Light)
$31.22 5A 2B View
King Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Lineperson $35.34 5A 2B View
King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View
King Tile Setters Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View
King Tile, Marble & Terrazzo
Finishers
Finisher $46.54 7E 1N View
King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $49.13 7A 1K View
King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View
King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View
King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View
King Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View
King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View
King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View
King Well Drillers & Irrigation
Pump Installers
Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 View
King Well Drillers & Irrigation
Pump Installers
Oiler $13.69 1 View
King Well Drillers & Irrigation
Pump Installers
Well Driller $18.00 1 View
Firefox https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/
17 of 17 4/6/2021, 10:27 AM
:DVKLQJWRQ6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQG,QGXVWULHV3ROLF\6WDWHPHQW 5HJDUGLQJWKH3URGXFWLRQRI6WDQGDUGRU1RQVWDQGDUG,WHPV
%HORZLVWKHGHSDUWPHQW
V 6WDWH/ ,
V OLVWRIFULWHULDWREHXVHGLQGHWHUPLQLQJZKHWKHUD
SUHIDEULFDWHGLWHPLVVWDQGDUGRUQRQVWDQGDUG )RULWHPVQRWDSSHDULQJRQ:6'27
V
SUHGHWHUPLQHGOLVWWKHVHFULWHULDVKDOOEHXVHGE\WKH&RQWUDFWRU DQGWKH&RQWUDFWRU
V
VXEFRQWUDFWRUVDJHQWVWRVXEFRQWUDFWRUVVXSSOLHUVPDQXIDFWXUHUVDQGIDEULFDWRUV WR
GHWHUPLQHFRYHUDJHXQGHU5&: 7KHSURGXFWLRQLQWKH6WDWHRI:DVKLQJWRQRI
QRQVWDQGDUGLWHPVLVFRYHUHGE\5&: DQGWKHSURGXFWLRQRIVWDQGDUGLWHPVLVQRW
7KHSURGXFWLRQRIDQ\LWHPRXWVLGHWKH6WDWHRI:DVKLQJWRQLVQRWFRYHUHGE\5&:
,VWKHLWHPIDEULFDWHGIRUDSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFW",IQRWLWLVQRWVXEMHFWWR5&:
,ILWLVJRWRTXHVWLRQ
,VWKHLWHPIDEULFDWHGRQWKHSXEOLFZRUNVMREVLWH" ,ILWLVWKHZRUNLVFRYHUHGXQGHU
5&: ,IQRWJRWRTXHVWLRQ
,VWKHLWHPIDEULFDWHGLQDQDVVHPEO\IDEULFDWLRQSODQW VHWXSIRU DQGGHGLFDWHG
SULPDULO\WRWKHSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFW" ,ILWLVWKHZRUNLVFRYHUHGE\5&: ,IQRW
JRWRTXHVWLRQ
'RHVWKHLWHPUHTXLUHDQ\DVVHPEO\FXWWLQJPRGLILFDWLRQRURWKHUIDEULFDWLRQE\WKH
VXSSOLHU" ,IQRWWKHZRUNLVQRWFRYHUHGE\5&: ,I\HVJRWRTXHVWLRQ
,VWKHSUHIDEULFDWHGLWHPLQWHQGHGIRUWKHSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWW\SLFDOO\DQLQYHQWRU\
LWHPZKLFKFRXOGUHDVRQDEO\EHVROGRQWKHJHQHUDOPDUNHW" ,IQRWWKHZRUNLVFRYHUHG
E\5&: ,I\HVJRWRTXHVWLRQ
'RHVWKHVSHFLILFSUHIDEULFDWHGLWHPJHQHUDOO\GHILQHGDVVWDQGDUGKDYHDQ\XQXVXDO
FKDUDFWHULVWLFVVXFKDVVKDSHW\SHRIPDWHULDOVWUHQJWKUHTXLUHPHQWVILQLVKHWF" ,I\HV
WKHZRUNLVFRYHUHGXQGHU5&:
$Q\ ILUP ZLWK TXHVWLRQV UHJDUGLQJ WKH SROLF\ :6'27
V 3UHGHWHUPLQHG /LVW RU IRU
GHWHUPLQDWLRQVRIFRYHUHGDQGQRQFRYHUHGZRUNHUVVKDOOEHGLUHFWHGWR6WDWH/ ,DW
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
:6'27
V3UHGHWHUPLQHG/LVWIRU
6XSSOLHUV 0DQXIDFWXUHV )DEULFDWRU
%HORZLVDOLVWRISRWHQWLDOO\SUHIDEULFDWHGLWHPVRULJLQDOO\IXUQLVKHGE\:6'27WR
:DVKLQJWRQ6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQG,QGXVWULHVWKDWPD\EHFRQVLGHUHGQRQ
VWDQGDUGDQGWKHUHIRUHFRYHUHGE\WKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHODZ5&: ,WHPVPDUNHG
ZLWKDQ;LQWKH<(6FROXPQVKRXOGEHFRQVLGHUHGWREHQRQVWDQGDUGDQGWKHUHIRUH
FRYHUHG E\ 5&: ,WHPV PDUNHG ZLWK DQ ; LQ WKH 12 FROXPQ VKRXOG EH
FRQVLGHUHGWREHVWDQGDUGDQGWKHUHIRUHQRWFRYHUHG 2IFRXUVHH[FHSWLRQVWRWKLV
JHQHUDOOLVWPD\RFFXUDQGLQWKDWFDVHVKDOOEHHYDOXDWHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFULWHULD
GHVFULEHGLQ6WDWHDQG/ ,
VSROLF\VWDWHPHQW
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
0HWDOUHFWDQJXODUIUDPHVVROLGPHWDOFRYHUVKHUULQJERQHJUDWHVDQGELGLUHFWLRQDOYDQHGJUDWHVIRU&DWFK%DVLQ7\SHV/3DQGDQG&RQFUHWH,QOHWV6HH6WG3ODQV;
0HWDOFLUFXODUIUDPHV ULQJV DQGFRYHUVFLUFXODUJUDWHVDQGSUHIDEULFDWHGODGGHUVIRU0DQKROH7\SHVDQG'U\ZHOO7\SHVDQGDQG&DWFK%DVLQ7\SH
6HH6WG3ODQV
;
3UHIDEULFDWHGVWHHOJUDWHVXSSRUWVDQGZHOGHGJUDWHVPHWDOIUDPHVDQGGXDOYDQHGJUDWHVDQG7\SHDQGVWUXFWXUDOWXELQJJUDWHVIRU'URS,QOHWV6HH6WG3ODQV;
&RQFUHWH3LSH 3ODLQ&RQFUHWHSLSHDQGUHLQIRUFHG
FRQFUHWHSLSH&ODVVWRVL]HVVPDOOHUWKDQLQFKGLDPHWHU;
&RQFUHWH3LSH 3ODLQ&RQFUHWHSLSHDQGUHLQIRUFHG
FRQFUHWHSLSH&ODVVWRVL]HVODUJHUWKDQLQFKGLDPHWHU;
&RUUXJDWHG6WHHO3LSH 6WHHOORFNVHDPFRUUXJDWHG
SLSHIRUFXOYHUWVDQGVWRUPVHZHUVVL]HVLQFK
WRLQFKHVLQGLDPHWHU 0D\DOVREHWUHDWHGWKUX
;
&RUUXJDWHG$OXPLQXP3LSH $OXPLQXPORFNVHDPFRUUXJDWHG
SLSH
IRUFXOYHUWVDQGVWRUPVHZHUVVL]HVLQFKWRLQFKHVLQ
GLDPHWHU 0D\DOVREHWUHDWHG
;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
$QFKRU%ROWV 1XWV $QFKRU%ROWVDQG1XWVIRU
PRXQWLQJVLJQVWUXFWXUHVOXPLQDULHVDQGRWKHULWHPVVKDOOEH
PDGHIURPFRPPHUFLDOEROWVWRFN
6HH&RQWUDFW3ODQVDQG6WG3ODQVIRUVL]HDQGPDWHULDOW\SH;
$OXPLQXP3HGHVWULDQ+DQGUDLO 3HGHVWULDQKDQGUDLO
FRQIRUPLQJWRWKHW\SHDQGPDWHULDOVSHFLILFDWLRQVVHWIRUWKLQ
WKH
FRQWUDFWSODQV :HOGLQJRIDOXPLQXPVKDOOEH
LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK6HFWLRQ
;
0DMRU6WUXFWXUDO6WHHO)DEULFDWLRQ )DEULFDWLRQRIPDMRUVWHHO
LWHPVVXFKDVWUXVVHVEHDPVJLUGHUVHWFIRUEULGJHV;
0LQRU6WUXFWXUDO6WHHO)DEULFDWLRQ )DEULFDWLRQRIPLQRUVWHHO
,WHPVVXFKDVVSHFLDOKDQJHUVEUDFNHWVDFFHVVGRRUVIRU
VWUXFWXUHVDFFHVVODGGHUVIRULUULJDWLRQER[HVEULGJHH[SDQVLRQ
MRLQWV\VWHPVHWFLQYROYLQJZHOGLQJFXWWLQJSXQFKLQJDQGRU
ERULQJRIKROHV 6HH&RQWDFW3ODQVIRULWHPGHVFULSWLRQDQG
VKRS
GUDZLQJV
;
$OXPLQXP%ULGJH5DLOLQJ7\SH%3 0HWDOEULGJHUDLOLQJ
FRQIRUPLQJWRWKHW\SHDQGPDWHULDOVSHFLILFDWLRQVVHWIRUWK
LQWKH&RQWUDFW3ODQV :HOGLQJRIDOXPLQXPVKDOOEHLQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWK6HFWLRQ ;
&RQFUHWH3LOLQJ3UHFDVW3UHVWUHVVHGFRQFUHWHSLOLQJIRUXVHDV
DQGWRQFRQFUHWHSLOLQJ &RQFUHWHWRFRQIRUPWR
6HFWLRQ RI6WG6SHF;
3UHFDVW0DQKROH7\SHVDQGZLWKFRQHVDGMXVWPHQWVHFWLRQVDQGIODWWRSVODEV6HH6WG3ODQV;
3UHFDVW'U\ZHOO7\SHVDQGZLWKFRQHVDQGDGMXVWPHQW
6HFWLRQV
6HH6WG3ODQV;
3UHFDVW&DWFK%DVLQ &DWFK%DVLQW\SH/3DQG
:LWKDGMXVWPHQWVHFWLRQV6HH6WG3ODQV;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH,QOHW ZLWKDGMXVWPHQWVHFWLRQV
6HH6WG3ODQV;
3UHFDVW'URS,QOHW7\SHDQGZLWKPHWDOJUDWHVXSSRUWV
6HH6WG3ODQV;
3UHFDVW*UDWH,QOHW7\SHZLWKH[WHQVLRQDQGWRSXQLWV
6HH6WG3ODQV;
0HWDOIUDPHVYDQHGJUDWHVDQGKRRGVIRU&RPELQDWLRQ
,QOHWV6HH6WG3ODQV;
3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH8WLOLW\9DXOWV 3UHFDVW&RQFUHWHXWLOLW\YDXOWV
RI
YDULRXVVL]HV 8VHGIRULQJURXQGVWRUDJHRIXWLOLW\IDFLOLWLHVDQG
FRQWUROV 6HH&RQWUDFW3ODQVIRUVL]HDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQ
UHTXLUHPHQWV 6KRSGUDZLQJVDUHWREHSURYLGHGIRUDSSURYDO
SULRUWRFDVWLQJ
;
9DXOW5LVHUV )RUXVHZLWK9DOYH9DXOWVDQG
8WLOLWLHV
;
9DXOWV
;
9DOYH9DXOW )RUXVHZLWKXQGHUJURXQGXWLOLWLHV
6HH&RQWUDFW3ODQVIRUGHWDLOV;
3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH%DUULHU 3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH%DUULHUIRU
XVHDVQHZEDUULHURUPD\DOVREHXVHGDV7HPSRUDU\&RQFUHWH
%DUULHU 2QO\QHZVWDWHDSSURYHGEDUULHUPD\EHXVHGDV
SHUPDQHQWEDUULHU
;
5HLQIRUFHG(DUWK:DOO3DQHOV±5HLQIRUFHG(DUWK:DOO3DQHOVLQ
VL]HDQGVKDSHDVVKRZQLQWKH3ODQV )DEULFDWLRQSODQWKDV
DQQXDODSSURYDOIRUPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWREHXVHG
6HH6KRS'UDZLQJ
)DEULFDWLRQDWRWKHUORFDWLRQVPD\EHDSSURYHGDIWHUIDFLOLWLHV
LQVSHFWLRQFRQWDFW+4/DE
;
3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH:DOOV 3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH:DOOV WLOWXSZDOO
SDQHOLQVL]HDQGVKDSHDVVKRZQLQ3ODQV
)DEULFDWLRQSODQWKDVDQQXDODSSURYDOIRUPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOV
WREHXVHG
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
3UHFDVW5DLOURDG&URVVLQJV &RQFUHWH&URVVLQJ6WUXFWXUH
6ODEV;
DQGLQFK6WDQGDUG3UHFDVW3UHVWUHVVHG*LUGHU±
6WDQGDUG3UHFDVW3UHVWUHVVHG*LUGHUIRUXVHLQVWUXFWXUHV
)DEULFDWRUSODQWKDVDQQXDODSSURYDORIPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOV
WR
EHXVHG 6KRS'UDZLQJWREHSURYLGHGIRUDSSURYDOSULRUWR
FDVWLQJJLUGHUV
6HH6WG6SHF6HFWLRQ $
;
3UHVWUHVVHG&RQFUHWH*LUGHU6HULHV 3UHVWUHVVHG&RQFUHWH
*LUGHUVIRUXVHLQVWUXFWXUHV)DEULFDWRUSODQWKDVDQQXDO
DSSURYDO
RIPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWREHXVHG 6KRS'UDZLQJWREH
SURYLGHGIRUDSSURYDOSULRUWRFDVWLQJJLUGHUV
6HH6WG6SHF6HFWLRQ $
;
3UHVWUHVVHG7UL%HDP*LUGHU 3UHVWUHVVHG7UL%HDP*LUGHUVIRU
XVHLQVWUXFWXUHV )DEULFDWRUSODQWKDVDQQXDODSSURYDORI
PHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWREHXVHG6KRS'UDZLQJWREH
SURYLGHG
IRUDSSURYDOSULRUWRFDVWLQJJLUGHUV
6HH6WG6SHF6HFWLRQ $
;
3UHVWUHVVHG3UHFDVW+ROORZ&RUH6ODE±3UHFDVW3UHVWUHVVHG
+ROORZFRUHVODEIRUXVHLQVWUXFWXUHV )DEULFDWRUSODQWKDV
DQQXDO
DSSURYDORIPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWREHXVHG 6KRS'UDZLQJWR
EHSURYLGHGIRUDSSURYDOSULRUWRFDVWLQJJLUGHUV
6HH6WG6SHF6HFWLRQ $
;
3UHVWUHVVHG%XOE7HH*LUGHU %XOE7HH3UHVWUHVVHG*LUGHUIRU
XVHLQVWUXFWXUHV )DEULFDWRUSODQWKDVDQQXDODSSURYDORI
PHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWREHXVHG6KRS'UDZLQJWREH
SURYLGHG
IRUDSSURYDOSULRUWRFDVWLQJJLUGHUV
6HH6WG6SHF6HFWLRQ $
;
0RQXPHQW&DVHDQG&RYHU
6HH6WG3ODQ
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
&DQWLOHYHU6LJQ6WUXFWXUH &DQWLOHYHU6LJQ6WUXFWXUH
IDEULFDWHGIURPVWHHOWXELQJPHHWLQJ$$6+720 6HH6WG
3ODQVDQG&RQWUDFW3ODQVIRUGHWDLOV 7KHVWHHOVWUXFWXUH
VKDOOEHJDOYDQL]HGDIWHUIDEULFDWLRQLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK
$$6+720
;
0RQRWXEH6LJQ6WUXFWXUHV 0RQRWXEH6LJQ%ULGJH
IDEULFDWHGWRGHWDLOVVKRZQLQWKH3ODQV 6KRSGUDZLQJVIRU
DSSURYDODUHUHTXLUHGSULRUWRIDEULFDWLRQ;
6WHHO6LJQ%ULGJHV 6WHHO6LJQ%ULGJHVIDEULFDWHGIURPVWHHO
WXELQJPHHWLQJ$$6+720IRU$OXPLQXP$OOR\V
6HH6WG3ODQVDQG&RQWUDFW3ODQVIRUGHWDLOV 7KHVWHHO
VWUXFWXUH
VKDOOEHJDOYDQL]HGDIWHUIDEULFDWLRQLQDFFRUGDQFH
ZLWK$$6+720
;
6WHHO6LJQ3RVW )DEULFDWHG6WHHO6LJQ3RVWVDVGHWDLOHGLQ6WG
3ODQV 6KRSGUDZLQJVIRUDSSURYDODUHWREHSURYLGHGSULRUWR
IDEULFDWLRQ
;
/LJKW6WDQGDUG3UHVWUHVVHG 6SXQSUHVWUHVVHGKROORZ
FRQFUHWHSROHV;
/LJKW6WDQGDUGV /LJKWLQJ6WDQGDUGVIRUXVHRQKLJKZD\
LOOXPLQDWLRQV\VWHPVSROHVWREHIDEULFDWHGWRFRQIRUPZLWK
PHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVDVVSHFLILHGRQ6WG3ODQV 6HH6SHFLD
3URYLVLRQVIRUSUHDSSURYHGGUDZLQJV;
7UDIILF6LJQDO6WDQGDUGV 7UDIILF6LJQDO6WDQGDUGVIRUXVHRQ
KLJKZD\DQGRUVWUHHWVLJQDOV\VWHPV 6WDQGDUGVWREH
IDEULFDWHG
WRFRQIRUPZLWKPHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDODVVSHFLILHGRQ6WG
3ODQV
6HH6SHFLDO3URYLVLRQVIRUSUHDSSURYHGGUDZLQJV
;
3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH6ORSHG0RXQWDEOH&XUE 6LQJOHDQG
'XDO)DFHG
6HH6WG3ODQV
;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
7UDIILF6LJQV 3ULRUWRDSSURYDORID)DEULFDWRURI7UDIILF6LJQV
WKHVRXUFHVRIWKHIROORZLQJPDWHULDOVPXVWEHVXEPLWWHGDQG
DSSURYHGIRUUHIOHFWLYHVKHHWLQJOHJHQGPDWHULDODQG
DOXPLQXP
VKHHWLQJ
127(
)DEULFDWLRQLQVSHFWLRQUHTXLUHG 2QO\VLJQVWDJJHG
)DEULFDWLRQ$SSURYHGE\:6'276LJQ)DEULFDWLRQ,QVSHFWRU
WREHLQVWDOOHG
;;
&XVWRP
0HVVDJH
6WG
6LJQLQJ
0HVVDJH
&XWWLQJ EHQGLQJUHLQIRUFLQJVWHHO;
*XDUGUDLOFRPSRQHQWV;;
&XVWRP
(QG6HF
6WDQGDUG
6HF
$JJUHJDWHV&RQFUHWHPL[HV
$VSKDOW
&RYHUHGE\:$&
&RYHUHGE\
:$&
)LEHUIDEULFV;
(OHFWULFDOZLULQJFRPSRQHQWV;
WUHDWHGRUXQWUHDWHGWLPEHUSLOH;
*LUGHUSDGV HODVWRPHULFEHDULQJ ;
6WDQGDUG'LPHQVLRQOXPEHU;
,UULJDWLRQFRPSRQHQWV
;;
;
;;
RP
6HF
;
;
;
;
;
;
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
,7(0'(6&5,37,21<(612
)HQFLQJPDWHULDOV;
*XLGH3RVWV;
7UDIILF%XWWRQV;
(SR[\;
&ULEELQJ;
:DWHUGLVWULEXWLRQPDWHULDOV;
6WHHO+SLOHV;
6WHHOSLSHIRUFRQFUHWHSLOHFDVLQJV;
6WHHOSLOHWLSVVWDQGDUG;
6WHHOSLOHWLSVFXVWRP;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
3UHIDEULFDWHGLWHPVVSHFLILFDOO\SURGXFHGIRUSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWVWKDWDUHSUHIDEULFDWHGLQD
FRXQW\RWKHUWKDQWKHFRXQW\ZKHUHLQWKHSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWLVWREHFRPSOHWHGWKHZDJHIRU
WKHRIIVLWHSUHIDEULFDWLRQVKDOOEHWKHDSSOLFDEOHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHIRUWKHFRXQW\LQZKLFKWKHDFWXDO
SUHIDEULFDWLRQWDNHVSODFH
,WLVWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHSUHIDEULFDWHGSURGXFWWRYHULI\WKDWWKHFRUUHFWFRXQW\ZDJHUDWHVDUH
DSSOLHGWRZRUNWKH\SHUIRUP
6HH5&:
7KHGHILQLWLRQRIORFDOLW\LQ5&: FRQWDLQVWKHSKUDVHZKHUHLQWKHSK\VLFDOZRUNLVEHLQJSHUIRUPHG7KHGHSDUWPHQW
LQWHUSUHWVWKLVSKUDVHWRPHDQWKHDFWXDOZRUNVLWH
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
:6'27
V /LVWRI6WDWH2FFXSDWLRQVQRWDSSOLFDEOHWR+HDY\DQG
+LJKZD\&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV
7KLVSURMHFWLVVXEMHFWWRWKHVWDWHKRXUO\PLQLPXPUDWHVIRUZDJHVDQGIULQJHEHQHILWVLQ
WKHFRQWUDFWSURYLVLRQVDVSURYLGHGE\WKHVWDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQG,QGXVWULHV
7KHIROORZLQJOLVWRIRFFXSDWLRQVLVFRPSULVHGRIWKRVHRFFXSDWLRQVWKDWDUHQRWQRUPDOO\
XVHGLQWKHFRQVWUXFWLRQRIKHDY\DQGKLJKZD\SURMHFWV
:KHQFRQVLGHULQJMREFODVVLILFDWLRQVIRUXVHDQGRUSD\PHQWZKHQELGGLQJRQRUEXLOGLQJ
KHDY\ DQG KLJKZD\ FRQVWUXFWLRQ SURMHFWV IRU RU DGPLQLVWHUHG E\:6'27WKHVH
2FFXSDWLRQVZLOOEHH[FHSWHGIURPWKHLQFOXGHG:DVKLQJWRQ6WDWH3UHYDLOLQJ:DJH5DWHV
)RU3XEOLF:RUN&RQWUDFWVGRFXPHQWV
x%XLOGLQJ6HUYLFH(PSOR\HHV
x(OHFWULFDO)L[WXUH0DLQWHQDQFH:RUNHUV
x(OHFWULFLDQV 0RWRU6KRS
x+HDWLQJ(TXLSPHQW0HFKDQLFV
x,QGXVWULDO(QJLQHDQG0DFKLQH0HFKDQLFV
x,QGXVWULDO3RZHU9DFXXP&OHDQHUV
x,QVSHFWLRQ&OHDQLQJ6HDOLQJRI :DWHU6\VWHPVE\5HPRWH&RQWURO
x/DERUHUV 8QGHUJURXQG6HZHU :DWHU
x0DFKLQLVWV +\GURHOHFWULF6LWH:RUN
x0RGXODU%XLOGLQJV
x3OD\JURXQG 3DUN(TXLSPHQW,QVWDOOHUV
x3RZHU(TXLSPHQW2SHUDWRUV 8QGHUJURXQG6HZHU :DWHU
x5HVLGHQWLDO
$//$662&,$7('5$7(6
x6LJQ0DNHUVDQG,QVWDOOHUV 1RQ(OHFWULFDO
x6LJQ0DNHUVDQG,QVWDOOHUV (OHFWULFDO
x6WDJH5LJJLQJ0HFKDQLFV 1RQ6WUXFWXUDO
7KHIROORZLQJRFFXSDWLRQVPD\EHXVHGRQO\DVRXWOLQHGLQWKHSUHFHGLQJWH[WFRQFHUQLQJ
:6'27
VOLVWIRU6XSSOLHUV 0DQXIDFWXUHUV )DEULFDWRUV
x)DEULFDWHG3UHFDVW&RQFUHWH3URGXFWV
x0HWDO)DEULFDWLRQ ,Q6KRS
'HILQLWLRQVIRUWKH6FRSHRI:RUNIRUSUHYDLOLQJZDJHVPD\EHIRXQGDWWKH:DVKLQJWRQ
6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQG,QGXVWULHVZHEVLWHDQGLQ :$&&KDSWHU
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
:DVKLQJWRQ6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQG,QGXVWULHV3ROLF\6WDWHPHQWV 5HJDUGLQJ3URGXFWLRQDQG'HOLYHU\RI*UDYHO&RQFUHWH$VSKDOWHWF
:$& $JHQF\ILOLQJVDIIHFWLQJWKLVVHFWLRQ
&RYHUDJHDQGH[HPSWLRQVRIZRUNHUVLQYROYHGLQWKHSURGXFWLRQDQGGHOLYHU\RI
JUDYHOFRQFUHWHDVSKDOWRUVLPLODUPDWHULDOV
7KHPDWHULDOVFRYHUHGXQGHUWKLVVHFWLRQLQFOXGHEXWDUHQRWOLPLWHGWR 6DQGJUDYHO
FUXVKHGURFNFRQFUHWHDVSKDOWRURWKHUVLPLODUPDWHULDOV
$OOZRUNHUVUHJDUGOHVVRIE\ZKRPHPSOR\HGDUHVXEMHFWWRWKHSURYLVLRQVRI
FKDSWHU 5&:ZKHQWKH\SHUIRUPDQ\RUDOORIWKHIROORZLQJIXQFWLRQV
D 7KH\GHOLYHURUGLVFKDUJHDQ\RIWKHDERYHOLVWHGPDWHULDOVWRDSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFW
VLWH
L $W RQH RU PRUH SRLQW V GLUHFWO\ XSRQ WKH ORFDWLRQ ZKHUH WKH PDWHULDO ZLOO EH
LQFRUSRUDWHGLQWRWKHSURMHFW RU
LL $WPXOWLSOHSRLQWVDWWKHSURMHFW RU
LLL $GMDFHQWWRWKHORFDWLRQDQGFRRUGLQDWHGZLWKWKHLQFRUSRUDWLRQRIWKRVHPDWHULDOV
E 7KH\ZDLWDWRUQHDUDSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWVLWHWRSHUIRUPDQ\WDVNVVXEMHFWWRWKLV
VHFWLRQRIWKHUXOH
F 7KH\ UHPRYH DQ\ PDWHULDOV IURP D SXEOLF ZRUNV FRQVWUXFWLRQVLWH SXUVXDQW WR
FRQWUDFW UHTXLUHPHQWV RU VSHFLILFDWLRQV HJ H[FDYDWHG PDWHULDOV PDWHULDOV IURP
GHPROLVKHGVWUXFWXUHVFOHDQXSPDWHULDOVHWF
G 7KH\ZRUNLQDPDWHULDOVSURGXFWLRQIDFLOLW\ HJEDWFKSODQWERUURZSLWURFNTXDUU\
HWF ZKLFKLVHVWDEOLVKHGIRUDSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWIRUWKHVSHFLILFEXWQRWQHFHVVDULO\
H[FOXVLYHSXUSRVHRIVXSSO\LQJPDWHULDOVIRUWKHSURMHFW
H 7KH\ GHOLYHU FRQFUHWH WR D SXEOLF ZRUNV VLWH UHJDUGOHVV RIWKH PHWKRG RI
LQFRUSRUDWLRQ
I 7KH\DVVLVWRUSDUWLFLSDWHLQWKHLQFRUSRUDWLRQRIDQ\PDWHULDOVLQWRWKHSXEOLFZRUNV
SURMHFW
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
$OOWUDYHOWLPHWKDWUHODWHVWRWKHZRUNFRYHUHGXQGHUVXEVHFWLRQ RIWKLVVHFWLRQ
UHTXLUHVWKHSD\PHQWRISUHYDLOLQJZDJHV7UDYHOWLPHLQFOXGHVWLPHVSHQWZDLWLQJWRORDG
ORDGLQJ WUDQVSRUWLQJ ZDLWLQJ WR XQORDG DQG GHOLYHULQJ PDWHULDOV 7UDYHO WLPH ZRXOG
LQFOXGHDOOWLPHVSHQWLQWUDYHOLQVXSSRUWRIDSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWZKHWKHUWKHYHKLFOHLV
HPSW\RUIXOO)RUH[DPSOHWUDYHOWLPHVSHQWUHWXUQLQJWRDVXSSO\VRXUFHWRREWDLQDQRWKHU
ORDGRIPDWHULDOIRUXVHRQDSXEOLFZRUNVVLWHRUUHWXUQLQJWRWKHSXEOLFZRUNVVLWHWRREWDLQ
DQRWKHUORDGRIH[FDYDWHGPDWHULDOLVWLPHVSHQWLQWUDYHOWKDWLVVXEMHFWWRSUHYDLOLQJZDJH
7UDYHOWRDVXSSO\VRXUFHLQFOXGLQJWUDYHOIURPDSXEOLFZRUNVVLWHWRREWDLQPDWHULDOVIRU
XVHRQDSULYDWHSURMHFWZRXOGQRWEHWUDYHOVXEMHFWWRWKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJH
:RUNHUVDUHQRWVXEMHFWWRWKHSURYLVLRQVRIFKDSWHU 5&:ZKHQWKH\GHOLYHU
PDWHULDOVWRDVWRFNSLOH
D $VWRFNSLOHLVGHILQHGDVPDWHULDOVGHOLYHUHGWRDSLOHORFDWHGDZD\IURPWKHVLWH
RILQFRUSRUDWLRQVXFKWKDWWKHVWRFNSLOHGPDWHULDOVPXVWEHSK\VLFDOO\PRYHGIURPWKH
VWRFNSLOHDQGWUDQVSRUWHGWRDQRWKHUORFDWLRQRQWKHSURMHFWVLWHLQRUGHUWREHLQFRUSRUDWHG
LQWRWKHSURMHFW
E $VWRFNSLOHGRHVQRWLQFOXGHDQ\RIWKHIXQFWLRQVGHVFULEHGLQVXEVHFWLRQ D
WKURXJK I RIWKLVVHFWLRQ QRUGRHVDVWRFNSLOHLQFOXGHPDWHULDOVGHOLYHUHGRUGLVWULEXWHG
WRPXOWLSOHORFDWLRQVXSRQWKHSURMHFWVLWH QRUGRHVDVWRFNSLOHLQFOXGHPDWHULDOVGXPSHG
DW WKH SODFH RI LQFRUSRUDWLRQ RU DGMDFHQW WR WKH ORFDWLRQ DQGFRRUGLQDWHG ZLWK WKH
LQFRUSRUDWLRQ
7KHDSSOLFDEOHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWHVKDOOEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WKHORFDOLW\LQZKLFKWKH
ZRUNLVSHUIRUPHG:RUNHUVVXEMHFWWRVXEVHFWLRQ G RIWKLVVHFWLRQZKRSURGXFHVXFK
PDWHULDOVDWDQRIIVLWHIDFLOLW\VKDOOEHSDLGWKHDSSOLFDEOHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWHVIRUWKH
FRXQW\LQZKLFKWKHRIIVLWHIDFLOLW\LVORFDWHG:RUNHUVVXEMHFWWRVXEVHFWLRQ RIWKLV
VHFWLRQ ZKR GHOLYHU VXFK PDWHULDOV WR D SXEOLF ZRUNV SURMHFW VLWH VKDOO EH SDLG WKH
DSSOLFDEOHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWHVIRUWKHFRXQW\LQZKLFKWKHSXEOLFZRUNVSURMHFWLVORFDWHG
>6WDWXWRU\$XWKRULW\ &KDSWHU 5&:5&:DQG
ILOHGHIIHFWLYH 6WDWXWRU\$XWKRULW\ &KDSWHUV DQG
5&:DQG5&: DQG ILOHG DQG
HIIHFWLYH @
6XSSOHPHQWDOWR:DJH5DWHV
(GLWLRQ3XEOLVKHG)HEUXDU\
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
1 of 14
************************************************************************************************************ Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker.
1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and
the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four-ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
2 of 14
Overtime Codes Continued
1. O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday
through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the
holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or
40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
3 of 14
Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
M. This code appears to be missing. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the
hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay.
H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at
two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay.
J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in
excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee
returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period.
4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
4 of 14
Overtime Codes Continued 4. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay.
D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION:
On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is
to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the
hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1½) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
5 of 14
Overtime Codes Continued 4. J. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. V. Work performed in excess of ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established or outside the normal shift (5 am to 6pm), and all work on Saturdays, except for make-up days shall be paid at time and
one-half (1 ½) the straight time rate. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions, then Saturday may, be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All work performed on Sundays and holidays and work in excess of twelve (12) hours per day shall be paid at double (2x) the straight time rate of pay.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours.
When an employee returns to work without a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight
(8) hours. W. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break
of eight (8) hours.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
6 of 14
Overtime Codes Continued 4. X. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Work performed outside the normal shift of 6 am to 6pm shall be paid at one and one-half the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or three shift operations). All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Shifts may be established when considered necessary by the Employer. The Employer may establish shifts consisting of eight (8) or ten (10) hours of work (subject to WAC 296-127-022), that shall constitute a normal forty (40) hour work week. The Employer can change from a 5-eight to a 4-ten hour schedule or back to the other. All hours of work on these shifts shall be paid for at the straight time hourly rate. Work performed in excess of eight hours (or ten hours per day (subject to WAC 296-127-022) shall be paid at one and one-half the straight time rate. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer, or when contract specifications require that work can only be performed outside the regular day shift, then by mutual agreement a special shift may be worked at the straight time rate, eight (8) hours work for eight (8) hours pay. The starting time shall be arranged to fit such conditions of work. When an employee returns to work without at a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. Y. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
Z. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. Work performed on Sundays may be paid at double time. All hours worked
on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
11. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
7 of 14
Holiday Codes
5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7).
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day,
And Christmas (6).
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
(6).
J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7).
K. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9).
L. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9).
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday.
Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6).
R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2).
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve
Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year’s Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10).
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
8 of 14
Holiday Codes Continued
T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And
Christmas Day (9).
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the
holiday.
7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall
be a regular work day.
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the
preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President’s Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any
holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
9 of 14
Holiday Codes Continued
7. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding
Friday.
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday.
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day.
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after
Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
10 of 14
Holiday Codes Continued
7. G. New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (9). If any of the
listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday
on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.
Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays
falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
11 of 14
Holiday Codes Continued
7. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before
New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken
on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the
federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
15. F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. G. New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (9). If any of the
listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50.
N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level
C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. S. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued
by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
12 of 14
Note Codes Continued
8. T. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during
construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows – Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do “pioneer” work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over 101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 300’ - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’ - $1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600’. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description.
X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit:
$1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour.
When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am
to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time
status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.)
Y. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work
(work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay.
Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging state or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above
the classification rate.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
13 of 14
Note Codes Continued
8. Z. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as a contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they will be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) 9. A. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the
Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than four (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the
special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) Certified Crane Operator Premium: Crane operators requiring certifications shall be paid $0.50 per hour above their classification rate.
Boom Pay Premium: All cranes including tower shall be paid as follows based on boom length:
(A) – 130’ to 199’ – $0.50 per hour over their classification rate. (B) – 200’ to 299’ – $0.80 per hour over their classification rate. (C) – 300’ and over – $1.00 per hour over their classification rate.
B. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the
shift shall be used in determining the scale paid.
Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging
Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. C. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work
located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require
them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate.
Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2021 thru 8/31/2021
14 of 14
Note Codes Continued
9. D. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, bridges, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or
anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required. E. Heavy Construction includes construction, repair, alteration or additions to the production, fabrication or
manufacturing portions of industrial or manufacturing plants, hydroelectric or nuclear power plants and atomic reactor construction. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00,
Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. F. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere
abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required.
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX B – City of Renton Standard Plans
PATCHED AREA
i
A q
COVER
COVER PER STD PLAN 401
SEE NOTE 9)
SEAL WITH AR 4000 OR APPROVED
EQUAL AND DRY SAND AFTER P L A N
PATCHING NTS
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF
SEE NOTE 9) ADJUSTMENT RING AND x SEE NOTE 2
X gOTTOM OF FRAME
t----
MORTAR JOINT(S) (3/8" MIN.-2" MAX.) ADJUSTMENT RING (1" MIN.). SEE
SEE NOTE 3 AND SPECIAL PROVISION NOTE 6.
7-05.3(1).
SECTION A-A
NOTES
1. REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE 5. CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED
WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE ONLY BY A JOURNEYMAN MASON.
FOOT(MIN.). ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT
SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE FRAME TO GRADE SHALL BE
ACCOMPLISHED WITH ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND MORTAR ONLY.
2. REPLACE EXCAVATED MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM OF 8"OF THE USE OF SHIMS IS PROHIBITED.
HMA CLASS"PG 64-22(OR TO A DEPTH THAT S 2"BELOW
THE BOTTOM OF THE UPPER ADJUSTMENT RING WHICHEVER 7• FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY
IS GREATER)OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS
DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH.
3. ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND FRAME SHALL BE FULLY BEDDED IN
MORTAR.MORTAR SHALL BE ASTM C270 FOR TYPE S. 8. ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND REMAIN
VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION.
4. MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER
MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. 9. X=1'-0"MIN.TO 2'-6"MAX.-PER ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION
STD. PLAN - 106
j PUBLIC WORKS TY'CAL CONSTRUCTION A ROVED:
al' DEPARTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF
flMANNOLERISER3
e o r>tor DA E
DocuSign Envelope ID: F41B6C7D-1A89-4D3E-83C3-E2F0224FAF965/22/2019 | 9:01 AM PDT
DocuSign Envelope ID: B16CE03A-ED99-4F11-B559-FEB382C92BFB
7/30/2018 | 4:09 PM PDT
PRECAST BASE SECTION
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
1.AS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO THE REBAR SHOWN
IN THE PRECAST BASE SECTION, FIBERS (PLACED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION
9-05.50(9)), OR WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF
0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT SHALL BE USED WITH
THE MINIMUM REQUIRED REBAR SHOWN IN THE
ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. WIRE MESH
SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN THE KNOCKOUTS. AS AN
ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO THE REBAR SHOWN IN
THE RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION, WIRE MESH
HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER
FOOT MAY BE USED.
2.THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER
THAN 20". KNOCKOUTS SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS
OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5"
MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE
OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED,
FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH
STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-04.3.
3.THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO
THE LOWEST PIPE INVERT SHALL BE 5 FEET.
4.THE FRAME AND GRATE MUST BE INSTALLED WITH THE
FLANGE DOWN.
5.THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED
FLOOR, AND THE WALLS MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF
1H:24V OR STEEPER.
6.THE OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE
PRECAST BASE SECTION.
7.ALL PICKUP HOLES SHALL BE GROUTED FULL AFTER THE
INLET HAS BEEN PLACED. USE GROUT TYPE 2 FOR
NON-SHRINK APPLICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-20.3(2).
8.ALL GRADE RINGS AND CASTINGS SHALL BE SET IN
MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD
SPECIFICATION 9-04.3. THEN APPLY MORTAR TO INSIDE
AND OUTSIDE OF ALL JOINTS, RINGS, RISERS, AND
FRAMES.
9.MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
10.FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY
TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS
DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT
LENGTH.
11.ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND
REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION.
FRAME AND VANED GRATE
RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION
34"
24"
30
20
5"
5"
1", 2", 4", 6", 12", OR 24"
ONE #3BAR HOOP FOR 6" HEIGHT
INCREMENT (SPACED EQUALLY),
SEE NOTE 1
PIPE ALLOWANCES
PIPE MATERIAL
MAXIMUM
INSIDE
DIAMETER
REINFORCED OR PLAIN
CONCRETE 12"
ALL METAL PIPE 15"
CPSSP*,
STD. SPEC. 9-05.20 12"
SOLID WALL PVC,
STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)15"
PROFILE WALL PVC,
STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2)15"
CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM
SEWER PIPE
26", S E E N O T E 6
22SEE
N
OTE 6
3"4"44"21" MIN.4"
MI N. (T Y
P.)3 BAR EACH
SIDE 3 BAR EACH
WAY 3 BAR
EACH CORNER 3
BAR EACH CORNER
18" MIN.3 BAR
HOOP ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE
SECTION CATCH BASIN TYPE
1 STD.
PLAN -
200.
00PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED:
DATEGregg Zimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING
IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)DocuSign Envelope ID:
6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/
REDUCING SECTION
36
2040"
24"
6"
8"
8"
12"
4"32",SEE N O T E6
28
SE
ENOT
E 6 4" MI N. (T
Y P.)44"
2"PRECAST BASE
SECTION SEE NOTE 1
ALTERNATIVE
PRECAST BASE SECTION NOTES:1.AS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO THE REBAR SHOWN
IN THE PRECAST BASE SECTION, FIBERS (PLACED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.50(9)), OR WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.
12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT SHALL BE USED WITH THE MINIMUM REQUIRED
REBAR SHOWN IN THE ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT
BE PLACED IN THE KNOCKOUTS. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO THE
REBAR SHOWN IN THE RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION, WIRE MESH HAVING
A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER
FOOT MAY BE USED.2.THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER
THAN 26". KNOCKOUTS SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE
A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF
THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT
MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD
SPECIFICATION 9-04.3.3.THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO
THE LOWEST PIPE
INVERT SHALL BE 5'.4.THE FRAME AND GRATE MUST BE INSTALLED
WITH THE FLANGE DOWN.5.THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR,
AND THE WALLS MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF
1H:24V OR STEEPER.6.THE OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF
THE PRECAST BASE SECTION.7.ALL PICKUP HOLES SHALL BE GROUTED FULL AFTER THE
INLET HAS BEEN PLACED.USE GROUT TYPE 2 FOR NON-SHRINK
APPLICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION
9-20.3(2).8.ALL GRADE RINGS AND CASTINGS SHALL BE SET IN
MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-04.3. THEN APPLY MORTAR TO
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF ALL JOINTS,
RINGS, RISERS, AND FRAMES.9.MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED
PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.10.FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY
TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A
STRAIGHT
EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH.11.ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH
AND
REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION.
FRAME AND VANED
GRATE
RECTANGULAR
ADJUSTMENT
SECTION
34"
24"
30 20 5"5"1", 2", 4",
6", 12", OR 24"ONE #3 BAR
HOOP FOR 6"
HEIGHT INCREMENT (SPACED
EQUALLY),SEE NOTE
1 3 BAR
EACH CORNER 18"
MIN.3
BAR HOOP
PIPE
ALLOWANCES
PIPE
MATERIAL MAXIMUM INSIDE
DIAMETER REINFORCED
OR PLAIN CONCRETE 18"
ALL
METAL PIPE 21"CPSSP*,STD. SPEC.
9-05.20
18"SOLID WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-
05.12(1)
21"PROFILE WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-
05.12(2)
21"CORRUGATED
POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE
TWO #3 BAR HOOPS
3 BAR EACH SIDE
3BAR EACH WAY
3 BAR EACH CORNER
CATCH BASIN TYPE 1L
STD. PLAN -
200.
10
PUBLICWORKS
DEPARTMENT APPROVED:DATEGregg
Zimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS
NOT TO SCALE (NTS)DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-
602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 |
4"25"PRECAST
BASE
SECTION NOTES:1.AS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO THE REBAR
SHOWN IN THE PRECAST BASE SECTION, FIBERS (
PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.
50(9)),OR WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.
12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT SHALL BE USED WITH
THE MINIMUM REQUIRED REBAR SHOWN IN THE
ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT BE PLACED
IN THE KNOCKOUTS. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE
TO THE REBAR SHOWN IN THE
RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREAOF
0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAY
BE USED.2.THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE
GREATER THAN 18". KNOCKOUTS SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS
OF 2"MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5"
MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE
OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE
GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE
WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-
04.3.3.THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE
TO THE LOWEST PIPE INVERT SHALL
BE 5'.4.THE FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE INSTALLED
WITH THE
FLANGE DOWN.5.THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A
ROUNDED FLOOR,AND THE WALLS MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1H:
24V
OR STEEPER.6.THE STRUCTURE OPENING DIMENSIONS
SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST
BASE SECTION.7.ALL PICKUP HOLES SHALL BE GROUTED FULL
AFTER THE INLET HAS BEEN PLACED. USE GROUT TYPE
2 FOR NON-SHRINK APPLICATIONS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-20.
3(2).8.ALL GRADE RINGS AND CASTINGS SHALL BE SET
IN MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-
04.3.THEN APPLY MORTAR TO INSIDE AND OUTSIDE
OF ALL JOINTS, RINGS, RISERS,
AND FRAMES.9.MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND
APPLIED PER MANUFACTURER'
S DIRECTIONS.10.FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT
GRADE BY TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH
PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE
OF
SUFFICIENT LENGTH.11.ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH
AND REMAIN VISIBLE
UPON COMPLETION.FRAME AND
VANED GRATE RECTANGULAR
ADJUSTMENT SECTION4" MI N. (T
Y
P.)26",SEE N O T E622
SEENO T
E 6 SEE
NOTE 1 ALTERNATIVE PRECAST
BASESECTION 3 BAR
EACH SIDE TOP
AND BOTTOM 3 BAR
EACH CORNER ONE #
3 BAR
ACROSS BOTTOM 3
BAR EACH CORNER
18" (MIN.)3
BAR HOOP
PIPE ALLOWANCES
PIPE
MATERIAL
MAXIMUM
INSIDE DIAMETER REINFORCED
OR PLAIN
CONCRETE 12"ALL METAL
PIPE
15"CPSSP* ,STD. SPEC. 9-05.
20 12"SOLID
WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(
1)15"PROFILE
WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(
2)15"CORRUGATED
POLYETHYLENE STORM
SEWER
PIPE
34"
24"
30
20
5"5"1", 2", 4", 6", 12",
OR 24"ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR
6" HEIGHT INCREMENT (
SPACED EQUALLY),SEE
NOTE 1
CONCRETE INLET STD. PLAN -
200.30
PUBLIC
WORKS
DEPARTMENTAPPROVED:
DATEGregg Zimmerman Public
Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO
SCALE (NTS)DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-
B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45
NOTES:
1.NO STEPS ARE REQUIRED WHEN HEIGHT IS 4' OR LESS.
2.THE BOTTOM OF THE PRECAST CATCH BASIN MAY BE
SLOPED TO FACILITATE CLEANING.
3.THE RECTANGULAR FRAME AND GRATE MUST BE
INSTALLED WITH THE FLANGE DOWN. THE FRAME MAY BE
CAST INTO THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION.
4.KNOCKOUTS SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2"
MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP
BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE
PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH
JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD
SPECIFICATION 9-04.3.
5.ALL GRADE RINGS, RISERS, AND CASTINGS SHALL BE SET
IN MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD
SPECIFICATION 9-04.3.
6.WHEN CONNECTING TO A NEW PIPE, USE A FLEXIBLE
CONNECTOR (KOR-N-SEAL BOOT WITH CORRUGATED PIPE
ADAPTER OR APPROVED EQUAL). WHEN CONNECTING TO
AN EXISTING PIPE, USE A FABRICATED SAND COLLAR OF
THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE CONNECTING PIPE.
7.MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
8.FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY
TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS
DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT
LENGTH.
9.ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND
REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION.
CATCH BASIN FRAME AND VANED
GRATE PER STD. PLAN 204.00
RECTANGULAR OR CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT
SECTION (TWO SECTIONS MAX.)
MORTAR, (TYP.), SEE NOTE 5
FLAT SLAB TOP
SEE NOTE 6, TYP.
REINFORCING STEEL, (TYP.)
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE
BEDDING PER WSDOT STD.
SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-03.12(3)
INTEGRAL BASE
PRECAST WITH RISER
STEPS OR
LADDER
4" MIN.
16" MAX.28" MAX.
48", 54", 60", 72", 84",
96", 120" OR 144"
12" (TYP.)
24"
MIN.12" MAX.
1" MIN.
2.5" MAX.
12"
6"
15' MAX. FOR
MAINTENANCE
SEPARATE BASE
PRECAST
O" RING
12"
6"
CATCH BASIN DIMENSIONS
CATCH BASIN
DIAMETER
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
MIN. BASE
THICKNESS
MAXIMUM
KNOCKOUT SIZE
MINIMUM
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
KNOCKOUTS
48"4"6"36"8"
54"4.5"8"42"8"
60"5"8"48"8"
72"6"8"60"12"
84"8"12"72"12"
96"8"12"84"12"
120"10"12"96"12"
144"12"12"108"12"
PIPE ALLOWANCES
CATCH BASIN
DIAMETER
PIPE MATERIAL WITH MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER
CONCRETE ALL METAL CPSSP 1 SOLID WALL
PVC 2
PROFILE WALL
PVC 3
48"24"30"24"30"30"
54"30"36"30"36"36"
60"36"42"36"42"42"
72"42"54"42"48"48"
84"54"60"54"48"48"
96"60"72"60"48"48"
120"66"84"60"48"48"
144"78"96"60"48"48"
1CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE (STD. SPEC. 9-05.20)
2 STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(1)
3 STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2)
CATCH BASIN TYPE 2
STD. PLAN - 201.00
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
NOTES:
1.THIS FRAME IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE 20" × 24" GRATES OR COVERS,SEE
STANDARD PLANS 204.10, 204.20, 204.30, AND 204.40.2.
BOLT-DOWN CAPABILITY IS REQUIRED ON ALL FRAMES, GRATES, AND COVERS,
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE TWO HOLES IN THE FRAME
THAT ARE VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GRATE OR COVER SLOTS.THE
FRAME SHALL ACCEPT THE 5/8"-11 NC x 2" ALLEN HEAD CAP SCREW BY BEING
TAPPED, OR OTHER APPROVED MECHANISM. LOCATION OF BOLT-
DOWN HOLES VARIES BY MANUFACTURER.3.
REFER TO STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.15(2) FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
GRATE
FRAME
SEE
NOTE 2 RECESSED
ALLEN HEAD
CAP SCREW 5/
8" - 11 NC x 2"SECTION
A DETAIL
TOP
ISOMETRIC
VIEW BOLT-
DOWN HOLE (TYP.) ~ 5/8",11
NC, SEE DETAIL AND NOTE 2 29
1/4"25
1/4"SECTION
BOLT-DOWN DETAIL 24
1/4"SEE
DETAIL 3/
4"4
1/2"1
5/8"2
1/2"1
5/8"1
1/4"3/
4"7/
8"1/
8"ARECTANGULAR
FRAME STD.
PLAN - 204.00 PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGregg
ZimmermanPublic
Works Administrator UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)DocuSign
Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/
28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
NOTES:
BOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1
SECTION A
TOP
SECTION B
SECTION C
1.BOLT-DOWN CAPABILITY IS REQUIRED ON ALL FRAMES,
GRATES, AND COVERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
PROVIDE TWO HOLES IN THE FRAME THAT ARE
VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GRATE OR COVER SLOTS.
THE FRAME SHALL ACCEPT THE 5/8"-11 NC x 2" ALLEN
HEAD CAP SCREW BY BEING TAPPED, OR OTHER
APPROVED MECHANISM. LOCATION OF BOLT-DOWN HOLES
VARIES BY MANUFACTURER.
2.ALTERNATIVE REINFORCING DESIGNS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN
LIEU OF THE RIB DESIGN.
3.REFER TO STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.15(2) FOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
4.FOR FRAME DETAILS, SEE CITY OF RENTON STANDARD
PLAN 204.00.
24"
1 1/2"
3"
R26", SEE NOTE 2
BOLT-DOWN SLOT,
SEE DETAIL AND
NOTE121/2" DIA. HOLE
1 5/8" MAX.
4 3/4"1 1/2"
3"
R39", SEE NOTE 2
1 1/2"
1/2" DIA. HANDLE
3/4" DIA. HOLE
5/8"
3/4"
4"
3 1/2"
5"
1/2"
3/4"
1 1/4"
5/8"ACB20"
ISOMETRIC
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
RECTANGULAR SOLID METAL COVER
STD. PLAN - 204.10
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
NOTES:
ISOMETRIC
SECTION B
TOPFOUNDRY
NAMEDIFLOW
SECTION A
1.BOLT-DOWN CAPABILITY IS REQUIRED ON ALL FRAMES, GRATES, AND
COVERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE TWO HOLES IN
THE FRAME THAT ARE VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GRATE OR
COVER SLOTS. THE FRAME SHALL ACCEPT THE 5/8"-11 NC x 2" ALLEN
HEAD CAP SCREW BY BEING TAPPED, OR OTHER APPROVED
MECHANISM. LOCATION OF BOLT-DOWN HOLES VARIES BY
MANUFACTURER.
2.REFER TO STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.15(2) FOR ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS.
3.FOR FRAME DETAILS, SEE STANDARD PLAN 204.00.
FLOWFLOWBOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1
1/2"
3/4"
1 1/4"
5/8"
BOLT-DOWN SLOT,
SEE DETAIL AND
NOTE 1
20"
5"
5"
5"
3"
1"
3"
5"
5"
5"
DIRECTION OF FLOW
24"
7 OR 8 EQUAL SPACES
1 5/8" MAX.
A
BOUTFALL TO STREAM DUMP NO POLLUTANTS
3/8" RECESSED LETTERING
RECTANGULAR VANED GRATE
STD. PLAN - 204.20
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
ISOMETRIC
NOTES:
SECTION B
TOPFOUNDRY
NAMEDIFLOW
SECTION A
1.BOLT-DOWN CAPABILITY IS REQUIRED ON ALL FRAMES, GRATES, AND
COVERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE TWO HOLES IN
THE FRAME THAT ARE VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GRATE OR
COVER SLOTS. THE FRAME SHALL ACCEPT THE 5/8"-11 NC x 2" ALLEN
HEAD CAP SCREW BY BEING TAPPED, OR OTHER APPROVED
MECHANISM. LOCATION OF BOLT-DOWN HOLES VARIES BY
MANUFACTURER.
2.REFER TO STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.15(2) FOR ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS.
3.USE ONLY IN SAGS ON VERTICAL CURVES.
4.FOR FRAME DETAILS, SEE STANDARD PLAN 204.00.
FLOWFLOWBOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL
SEE NOTE 1
1/2"
3/4"
1 1/4"
5/8"
BOLT-DOWN SLOT,
SEE DETAIL AND
NOTE 1
20"
5"
5"
5"
3"
1"
3"
5"
5"
5"
24"
1 5/8" MAX.
4EQUAL SPACES 4 EQUAL SPACES
A
BOUTFALL TO STREAM DUMP NO POLLUTANTS
3/8" RECESSED LETTERING
RECTANGULAR BI-DIRECTIONAL
VANED GRATE
STD. PLAN - 204.30
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
COVER SECTION VIEW ASTM A48 CL35B00371780MO/
DA/YR X3717C1PTEON
BOLTING DETAIL GASKET
GROOVE DETAIL FRAME
SECTION VIEW
COVER
BOTTOM
VIEW PLAN VIEW DRAINIFCOMADEINUSA EJIW DUMPNOPOLL U
TA
N
TS -
DRAINS T O S T REAMR
E
N T O N NOTES:1.ALL COVERS SHALL BE LOCKING
LID PER EJ
No. 3717C1 OR
APPROVED EQUAL.1/2"
LETTERING BOLT HOLES - 3 PLACES
EQUALLY SPACED 120° APART ON 23
1/16" DIA. B.
C.1 1/4"
LETTERING 1)
1" DIA.
PICKHOLE
25" DIA.3/
4"1"2
1/
2"8 3/4"TYP.)
3) BLT SOC. (ALLEN HEAD)5/8"-11
x
1.5
SS RUBBER WASHER 5/
8"25 1/4"
DIA.26 1/2" DIA.23
3/8" DIA. CL
OPEN 27 5/16"
DIA.34 1/
8" DIA.1
1/16"6"1/8"
1/4"
1 1/16"R1/8"
1/4" DIA. NEOPRENE GASKET
STORM ROUND FRAME AND
COVER STD.
PLAN -
204.
50PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED:
DATEGregg Zimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING
IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)DocuSign Envelope ID:
6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/
RIGID PIPE NOTES:
1.PIPE COMPACTION LIMITS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE FOR PIPE
CONSTRUCTION IN AN EMBANKMENT. FOR PIPE CONSTRUCTION IN
A TRENCH, THE HORIZONTAL LIMITS OF THE PIPE COMPACTION
ZONE SHALL BE THE WALLS OF THE TRENCH.
2.O.D. IS EQUAL TO THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF A PIPE OR THE
OUTSIDE SPAN OF PIPE-ARCH.
3.SEE STANDARD WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2-09.4 FOR
TRENCH WIDTH.
4.PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED IN
6" LOOSE LAYERS AND COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY.
5.EXCAVATE UNSTABLE MATERIAL DOWN TO FIRM SOIL AND REPLACE
WITH FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASS A OR BPER STANDARD
WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-03.17.
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING (WSDOT 9-03.12(3))
OR MAINTENANCE ROCK (WSDOT 9-03.9(4))
CIRCULAR PIPE
FOUNDATION MATERIAL,
IF REQUIRED, SEE NOTE 5
SPAN 6"
PIPE - ARCH
6"
PIPE TYPE
MINIMUM
COVER (FT)PUBLIC?PRIVATE?ALLOWED IN ZONE 1
OF THE APA?
CORRUGATED
STEEL PIPE 2.0 YES YES YES
SPIRAL RIB STEEL
PIPE 2.0 YES YES YES
PLAIN CONCRETE
PIPE (PCP)2.0 NO YES NO
REINFORCED
CONCRETE PIPE
RCP)
1.0 YES YES NO
CORRUGATED OR
SPIRAL RIB
ALUMINUM PIPE
2.0 YES YES NO
DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1.0 YES YES YES
FOUNDATION
LEVEL
RISE
TRENCH WIDTH,
SEE NOTE 3
CIRCULAR PIPE
DIAMETER MINIMUM DISTANCE
BETWEEN BARRELS
12" TO 24"12"
30" TO 96"DIAMETER / 3
102" TO 180"48"
PIPE-ARCH
SPAN MINIMUM DISTANCE
BETWEEN BARRELS
18" TO 36"12"
43" TO 142"SPAN / 3
148" TO 199"48"
TRENCH WIDTH,
SEE NOTE 3
6"
O.D.
6"
FOUNDATION
LEVEL
PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND
BACKFILL, SEE NOTE 4
FOUNDATION MATERIAL,
IF REQUIRED, SEE NOTE 5
PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND
BACKFILL, SEE NOTE 4
PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND
COMPACTION - RIGID PIPE
STD. PLAN - 220.00
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
12" MIN.
6" MIN. , SEE NOTE 4
EXISTING PAVEMENT SURFACE
SURFACE RESTORATION AS
SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE" PER
WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.9(3), "BANK RUN
GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL" PER
WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.19, OR "GRAVEL
BORROW" PER WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.14(1),
COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY
BENCH AS NEEDED FOR
SHORING SYSTEM WHEN
DEPTH IS 4' OR GREATER
PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL
PER STD. PLANS 220.00 AND 220.10
PIPE
NEAT LINE TRENCH
UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
1.SEE WSDOT/APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2-09.4FOR
MEASUREMENT OF TRENCH WIDTH.
2.EXCAVATIONS OVER 4' DEEP SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SAFETY STANDARD
DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER 295-155 PART N OF THE WAC.
3.MAXIMUM BACKFILL DEPTH ABOVE PIPE SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED, AS
DETERMINED BY PIPE MANUFACTURER.
4.IN PAVED AREAS, IF PIPE HAS LESS THAN 3' OF COVER, USE "CRUSHED
SURFACING TOP COURSE" FOR THE ENTIRE BACKFILL DEPTH ABOVE PIPE ZONE.
5.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
SEE STANDARD PLANS 110, 110.1, 110.2, AND 111 FOR PAVEMENT
RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS
CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE" PER
WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.9(3), COMPACTED
TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY
TYPICAL TRENCH AND BACKFILL
STD. PLAN - 220.20
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
DATEGreggZimmerman
Public Works Administrator
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878
9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT
WATER PLAN GENERAL NOTES Standard Plan No. 300
1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND WSDOT / APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, LATEST EDITION AS
AMENDED BY THE CITY OF RENTON. A SET OF CITY APPROVED PLANS SHALL BE KEPT AT THE JOB SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION
IS IN PROGRESS. A PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SHALL BE HELD PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR
AND OR DEVELOPER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL NECESSARY PERMITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL REMAIN IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
CALL 1-800-424-5555 TO VERIFY UTILITY LOCATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING EXCAVATION.
3. ALL MATERIALS USED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNDAMAGED, AND
CATALOG CUTS" FOR ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE CITY OF RENTON PRIOR TO BRINGING ANY
MATERIALS ON-SITE.
4. ALL WATER MAIN PIPE MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE, THICKNESS CLASS 52 PER AWWA C 151 AND C
104. PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE PUSH -ON OR MECHANICAL JOINT. CAST IRON OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE FITTINGS SHALL BE CLASS 250 AS
PER ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-82. ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 8 -MIL BLACK, TUBE -TYPE,
POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC PER AWWA C105 STANDARDS.
5. MINIMUM COVER FROM TOP OF WATER MAINS TO FINISHED GRADE SHALL BE 36 INCHES FOR PIPE DIAMETER OF 10 -INCH OR LESS
AND 48 INCHES FOR PIPE DIAMETER OF 12 -INCH AND LARGER. MAXIMUM COVER FOR ALL WATER MAINS SHALL BE 60 INCHES.
ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF RENTON PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. WHERE UTILITY CONFLICTS OCCUR,
THE PROFILE OF THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO CLEAR CONFLICTS AND TO PROVIDE MINIMUM COVER.
PIPE DEFLECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE-HALF OF PIPE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION FOR SIZE OF PIPE USED. ALL TRENCH
BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95 PERCENT MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE MODIFIED PROCTOR TEST
METHOD (MDD) IN ROADWAYS, ROADWAY SHOULDERS, ROADWAY PRISM AND DRIVEWAYS, AND 85 PERCENT MDD IN UNPAVED
AREAS. ALL PIPE ZONE COMPACTION SHALL BE 95 MDD.
6. CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR WATER MAINS SHALL BE DESIGNED, INSTALLED AND POURED IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY OF
RENTON STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BENDS, FITTINGS
AND BASE OF HYDRANTS. MEGA -LUGS (OR SIMILAR PRODUCT) MAY BE REQUIRED ON ALL MECHANICAL JOINTS IN ADDITION TO
CONCRETE BLOCKING.
ALL NEW WATER MAIN PIPES AND FITTINGS SHALL HAVE A FOAM PIPE PIG RUN THROUGH THEM PRIOR TO BEING FLUSHED,
DISINFECTED, AND TESTED. CLEANING, PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTING SHALL BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF AND UNDER THE
SUPERVISION OF A CITY OF RENTON UTILITY INSPECTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY, INSTALL AND REMOVE PLUGS,
CORPORATION STOPS, BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLIES, AND THRUST RESTRAINT / BLOCKING FOR TESTING AND PURITY ACCEPTANCE. NO
CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN THE NEW MAIN OR BETWEEN THE NEW WET -TAP VALVE TO AN EXISTING MAIN UNTIL
THE NEW PIPING HAS BEEN FOAM -PIGGED, DISINFECTED, FLUSHED, AND PASSED BOTH PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTING.
8. NEW WATER MAINS INCLUDING SERVICE LATERALS SHALL BE TESTED AT A STATIC PRESSURE OF 150 PSI ABOVE WORKING
PRESSURE WITH A MINIMUM OF 225 PSI TEST PRESSURE FOR 120 MINUTES WITH A MAXIMUM OF 5 PSI PRESSURE DROP DURING
THE ENTIRE TEST PERIOD. UPON SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE PRESSURE TEST, THE LINE SHALL BE DISINFECTED, FLUSHED,
AND THEN WATER SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN FOR PURITY TESTING BY THE PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR.
9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF RENTON WATER UTILITY AND MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENTS AT LEAST 10 WORKING
DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE THE EXISTING WATER
MAIN AND FITTINGS AT THE CONNECTION POINT BEFORE ORDERING THE NECESSARY ADAPTORS AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR
THE FINAL CONNECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE, REMOVE ALL SURFACE MATERIALS, AND PROVIDE SHORING AND
ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE CITY OF RENTON TO PERFORM THE CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL BACKFILL, CONCRETE BLOCKING, AND COMPLETE SURFACE RESTORATION.
a, STD. PLAN - 300.0
PUBLIC WORxsWATER PLAN GENERAL NOTESDEPARTMENT
MARCH 2010
EXISTING WATER LINE
TESTING DETAIL
Jm
PLAN VIEW
EXISTING WATER LINE
FINAL CONNECTION DETAIL
EXISTING WATER LINE
TICAL CROSS(MJxFL) FOR POLYPIGGING
BLIND FLANGE ON TOP WITH 2"TAP & 2`PLUG
BLIND FLANGE ON BOTTOM
MJ) PLUG WITH 2" TAP & 2" TEMPORARY BLOW -OFF
ORARY BLOCK
INGS
AFTER ALL TESTING, CLEANING BY POLYPIG, AND DISINFECTION,
REMOVE TEMP. BLOCK & BLOW -OFF & CONNECT
WITH SLEEVE CMJ) & D.L SPOOLS
FINAL CONNECTION BY CITY FORCES
SY
as PUBLIC WORKS CONNECTION TO WATER MAIN CUT STD. PLAN — 300.36
DEPARTMENT IN—LINE TEE & TWO VALVES
N,tp MARCH 2010
TEMPORARY 2" GALVANIZED PIPE
AND 2" GATE VALVE
i n ya.zH:n.»xmxmrrni
INSTALL 2" PLUG ON TOP BLIND FLANGE
AFTER REMOVAL OF POLYPIG
3 FT MIN. COVER (10—INCH DIAMETER AND UNDER)
4 FT MIN. COVER (12—INCH DIAMETER AND OVER)
a
NEW WATER MAIN POLYPIG
I>
a
VERTICAL CROSS FOR POLYPIGGING STATION:
SIZE OF VERTICAL CROSS SHALL BE THE SAME AS SIZE OF MAIN LINE
VERTICAL CROSS (MJ X FL)
ONE BLIND FLANGE ON TOP OF CROSS WITH 2" TAP & 2" TEMPORARY BLOW—OFF ASSEMBLY
REMOVE BLOW—OFF ASSEMBLY AND INSTALL 2" PLUG AFTER REMOVAL OF CLEANING "POLY—PIG")
ONE BLIND FLANGE ON BOTTOM OF CROSS
ONE PLUG (MJ) ON END OF CROSS
CONCRETE BLOCKING
ALL DEBRIS AND POLYPIGS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SUMP OF VERTICAL CROSS BEFORE
DISINFECTION OF NEW WATER MAIN
ZY
Oe + PUBLIC WORKS POLY PIG STATION FOR CLEANING OF
STD. PLAN — 300.6
DEPARTMENT WATER MAINS
N,yp MARCH 2010
FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE COREY—TYPE EQUAL TO IOWA F-5110 OR
COMPRESSION TYPE SUCH AS CLOW MEDALLION; M & H 929, MUELLER
SUPER CENTURION 200, AND WATEROUS PACER WITH 6" MECHANICAL
JOINT INLET WITH LUGS. 5-1/4" MAIN VALVE OPENING. TWO 2-1/2"
HOSE CONNECTIONS NATIONAL STANDARD THREADS. 4" PUMPER
CONNECTION CITY OF SEATTLE THREADS WITH A STORZ ADAPTOR,
4.875" SEATTLE THREAD X 5" STORZ, ATTACHED WITH 1/8" STAINLESS
STEEL CABLE. 1-1/4" PENTAGON OPERATING NUT. FIRE HYDRANT TO
BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF PAINT. KELLY— MOORE/PRESERVATIVE
PAINT No. 5780-563 DTM ACRYLIC GLOSS, SAFETY YELLOW OR
APPROVED EQUAL. PUMPER CONNECTION TO FACE ROADWAY OR AS
DIRECTED BY RENTON FIRE DEPARTMENT. FIRE HYDRANT EXTENSION TO
BE USED IF REQUIRED.
MIN. 18" TO 20" BEHIND BACK OF
CURB OR 12" BEHIND BACK OF
3' SIDEWALK THAT IS ADJACENT TO
CURB
4.875" x 5" STORZ
5'x5'x6" THICK CONCRETE PAD AROUND
HYDRANT. FINISH TO MATCH SIDEWALK.
E EXPANSION JOINT AT
2`
1
BACK OF SIDEWALK
fCONCRETE SIDEWALK
OR PLANTING STRIP
36" MIN
COVER
TWO—PIECE CAST IRON VALVE BOX WITH LUG
TYPE COVER. EQUAL TO OLYMPIC FOUNDRY CO.
STANDARD 8" TOP SECTION WITH REGULAR BASE
SECTION LENGTH TO FIT. VALVE NUT EXTENSION
AS REQUIRED.
RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER TYPE 88—A
STIMSONITE TWO—WAY BLUE REFLECTIVE
CONCRETE BLOCKING
CONCRETE ' .
THRUST BLOCK MAIN LINE TEE. WITH 6" FLANGE SIDE OUTLET.
6" GATE VALVE (FL X MJ) AWWA C-509, RESILIENT SEAT
6" DUCTILE IRON PIPE, CLASS 52 CEMENT LINED, LENGTH TO FIT
2-3/4" COR—TEN STEEL TIE RODS.
16" x 8" x 4" MININUM X1/2 YARD OF 1-1/4" WASHED DRAIN ROCK
CONCRETE BEARING 1' ABOVE BOOT FLANGE. PLACE 8 MILBLOCKUNDERHYDRANTPOLYETHYLENEFILMAROUNDTOPAND SIDES OF
GRAVEL.
1
O
FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
CUT
D
ONE MAN ROCK -
1
6
TE PAD
LEVEL ALL GROUND
MIN 3' RADIUS
a
elk
6" CONCRETE PAD
FI LL
HYDRANT LOCATION IN CUT OR FILL
ZY
STD. PLAN — 310.1
e + PUBLIC WORKS FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLYODEPARTMENT
N,yp MARCH 2010
MARKER MARKER
I
4
I
TWO LANE ROAD OFFSET
MARKER TO INDICATE
WHICH SIDE OF STREET
HYDRANT IS ON (4" FROM
DOTS OR PAINTED LINE)
MARKER
e o
FOUR LANE ROAD OFFSET
MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH
SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT IS
ON (4" FROM DOTS OR
PAINTED LANE DIVIDER)
HYDRANT MARKERS
MARKER
t
e
ON SIDE STREETS WHERE THE
HYDRANT IS WITHIN 20' OF A
MAIN TRAVELED STREET, THE
MARKER IS TO BE INSTALLED
ON THAT MAIN STREET
MARKER
o
4
FIVE LANE ROAD OFFSET
MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH
SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT IS
ON (4" FROM DOTS OR
PAINTED LANE DIVIDER)
RAISED PAVMENT MARKER TYPE 88 AB
STIMSONITE TWO—WAY (BLUE)
Y
STD. PLAN — 310.3
et ' PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
HYDRANT MARKER LAYOUT
T MARCH 2010
CAUTION VALVE BOX SHOULD NOT REST ON
PIPE. LATER COMPACTION IN AREA OF VALVE BOX
COULD CAUSE THE BREAKAGE OF THE SERVICE.
9" MIN.
12" MAX.
ONOUn
CRUSHED ROCK BASE
TO SUPPORT VAULT.
1-1/2" AND 2" WATER SERVICE DETAIL
MATERIAL LIST FOR 2" SERVICE WITH METER LOCATED IN RIGHT—OF—WAY BEHIND SIDEWALK
FRIM PRIVATE PLUMBING
SHALL CONNECT
HERE
2" BRASS PLUG
THREADED)
BY PASS NOT ALLOWED
FOR IRRIGATION METERSVMrIPTxQUICKJOINT
1. 2" tapped tee on new water meter.
2. 4" long X 2" brass nipple with threaded ends (MIPT). A — A3. 2" resilient seat valve with threaded ends, square operating nut and valve nut extension if DRILL 2" DIA. HOLE FOR
required (see standard detail 330.1). TOUCHREAD DEVICE
4. Two piece cast iron valve box. Standard 8" top section with regular base section, length to
fit, "lug" type cover.
5. 2" brass bushing (MIPT x FIPT) 2 each 2" brass or bronze nipples 6" length, threaded ends 2
each 2"-90° brass or bronze elbows (FIPT x FIPT)
6. 2" (MIPT) x compression fitting, Ford C84-66 or equal.
7. 2" soft copper type K or brass nipples, length to fit.
8. 2" threaded brass 90' ell.
9. 2" Customsetter with by—pass Ford VBH 86-128-11-77 (17-3/16") or McDonald brass
3OB715WDFF775, with flanged angle ball valve and padlock wings on inlet, and angle check valve
outlet, ball valve on bypass with padlock wings. Customsetter shall have vertical inlet and outlet.
10. Rigid meter spreader to be supplied and installed in meter setter by contractor.
11. Water meter shall be supplied and installed by City of Renton upon payment of all related water
meter fee and satisfactory pressure and purity tests.
12. 17"x30" equal to Mid—States Plastics, Inc. BCF Series MSBCF 1730-18 with 2" thick Ductile iron
damond plate cover 18"x31" equal to Mid—States Plastics, Inc. MSCBC-1730—R with 2" drilled hole
for touchread pit lid, and meter read lid.
13. 2" coupling (compression x FIPT) with 2" plug (MIPT), Ford C-14-66 or equal. The property
owner is responsible for any necessary adaptation or extension of water service.
MATERIAL LIST FOR 1-1/2" SERVICE WITH METER LOCATED IN RIGHT—Of—WAY BEHIND SIDEWALK
1. 2" tapped tee on new water main
2. 4" long X 2" brass nipple with threaded ends (MIPT).
3. 2" resilient seat valve with threaded ends, square operating nut and valve nut extension if required
see standard detail 330.1).
4. Two piece cast iron valve box. Standard 8" top section with regular base section, length to fit,
lug" type cover.
5. 2" X 1-1/2" hex brass bushing (MIPT x FIPT), 2 each 1-1/2" brass or bronze nipples 6" length
threaded ends), 2 each 1-1/2"— 90' brass or bronze elbows (FIPT x FIPT)
6. 1-1/2" (MIPT) x compression fitting, Ford C84-66 or equal.
7. 1-1/2" soft copper type K or brass nipples, length to fit.
B. 1-1/2" pack—joint 90° ell, for Ford L44-77 or equal.
9. 1-1/2" Customsetter with by—pass Ford VBH 66-12B x 13-3/16" or McDonald brass, with flanged
angle ball valve and padlock wings on inlet, and angle check valve outlet, ball valve on bypass with
padlock wings. Customsetter shall have vertical inlet and outlet.
10. Rigid meter spreader to be supplied and installed in meter setter by contractor.
11. Water meter shall be supplied and installed by City of Renton upon payment of all related water
meter fee and satisfactory pressure and purity tests.
12. 17"x30" equal to Mid—States Plastics, Inc. BCF Series MSBCF 1730-18 with 2" thick Ductile iron
damond plate cover 18"x31" equal to Mid—States Plastics, Inc. MSCBC-1730—R with 2" drilled hole
for touchread pit lid and meter read lid.
13. 1-1/2" coupling (compression x FIPT) with 1-1/2" plug (MIPT), Ford C-14-66 or equal. The
property owner is responsible for any necessary adaptation or extension of water service.
NOTE:
ALL METER BOXES INSTALLED IN CONCRETE OR PAVED
DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE CAST—IRON EQUAL TO OLYMPIC
FOUNDARY.
EXPANSION JOINTS MUST BE INSTALLED 12" MINIMUM ON BOTH
SIDES OF METER BOX.
TYPICAL RIB
2-1/2" MIN. FROM NEAREST
AND FRONT EDGE OF PIT LID
ZY
e + PUBLIC WORKS 2 AND 1 12" WATER SERVICE LOCATED STD. PLAN — 320.3
O DEPARTMENT IN RIGHT OF WAY BEHIND SIDEWALK
N,yp FEBRUARY 2010
CAP
22-1/2' BEND 45° BEND
TEE 90° BEND
THRUST BLOCK BEARING AREA IN SQUARE FEET (SEE NOTES) FOR HORIZONTAL AND DOWNWARD VERTICAL BENDS
SOIL FIRM SILT COMPACT SANDFIRMSILTYSAND COMPACT SAND & GRAVEL
90°45° BEND 11 1/4° 90° 45` BEND 11 1/4° 90° 45° BEND 11 1/4°
FITTING BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG 22 1/2° BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG & 22 1/2° BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG & 22 1/2°
BEND BEND BEND
4" 7.0 4.2 1 4.2 1.7 2.9 2.1 2.1 1.0 2.2 1.6 1.6 1.0
6" 13.3 9.4 9.4 3.8 6.7 4.7 4.7 1.9 5.0 3.5 3.5 1.4
8" 23.3 16.7 16.7 6.7 11.7 8.4 8.4 3.4 8.8 6.3 6.3 2.5
12" 53.0 37.5 37.5 15.0 126.5 18.8 18.8 7.5 20.0 14.0 14.0 5.6
AREAS CALCULATED ON 300 PSI TEST PRESSURE. 3'-0" MIN. COVER FOR WATERMAIN LESS THAN 12".
4'-0" MIN. COVER FOR WATERMAIN 12" OR GREATER.
MAX. HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK (FT) = 0.5 x DEPTH OF TRENCH
MIN. HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK (FT) = O.D. PIPE + 1.0'
TRUST BLOCK BE,
REA REFERS TO
4CE OF BLOCK M
IN SQUARE FEET
NOTES:
1. LOCATION AND SIZE OF BLOCKING FOR PIPE LARGER THAN 12"DIAMETER AND FOR SOIL TYPES
DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER.
2. ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE POURED IN PLACE AGAINST UNDISTURBED NATIVE GROUND.
3. ALL POURED THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE BACKFILLED AFTER MIN. 1 DAY. PRESSURE TESTING
SHALL OCCUR AFTER CONCRETE HAS REACHED NOMINAL COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH.
4. ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE CONCRETE CL 5 (1-1/7').
5. BLOCKING AGAINST FITTINGS SHALL BEAR AGAINST THE GREATEST FITTING SURFACE AREA
POSSIBLE, BUT SHALL NOT COVER OR ENCLOSE BELL ENDS, JOINT BOLTS OR GLANDS
REASONABLE ACCESS TO BOLTS AND GLANDS SHALL BE PROVIDED.
r+(ND
CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR STD. PLAN - 330.2
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
HORIZONTAL AND DOWNWARDLl
VERTICAL BENDS MARCH 2010
f
TO
MF
r' L_ f-'\ I N
BOXES
u V11114. r r«E-
DRAINING GRAVEL
NOTES:
1. ALL DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES (DCVA's) MUST BE LISTED ON LATEST LIST OF "BACKFLOW PREVENTION
ASSEMBLIES APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION IN WASHINGTON STATE", PUBLISHED BY STATE OF WASHINGTON
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH.
2. THE OWNER/APPLICANT MUST OBTAIN A SEPARATE CITY OF RENTON PLUMBING PERMIT FOR THE INSPECTION
OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DCVA AND PIPING. THE OWNER SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND MAINTAIN THE
DCVA AND ALL PIPING AND APPURTENANCES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN.
3. THE DCVA MUST BE TESTED BY A STATE CERTIFIED BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TESTER AFTER ITS INITIAL
INSTALLATION, AFTER REPAIRS AND ANNUALLY THEREAFTER AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. A COPY OF THE TEST
REPORT SHALL BE SENT OR FAXED TO CITY OF RENTON WATER UTILITY ENGINEERING DEPT., ATTN: WATER
UTILITY CROSS—CONNECTION CONTROL SPECIALIST, FAX NO. 425-430-7241.
4. DCVA AND METER BOX SHALL BE LOCATED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND AS NEAR AS POSSIBLE TO THE
WATER METER.
Y s4" TO 2" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE STD. PLAN — 340.8
n + PUBLIC WORKS ASSEMBLY FOR IRRIGATION OR
1 oI
DEPARTMENT RESIDENTIAL FIRE SPRINKLER MARCH 2010
DocuSign Envelope ID: A0A08484-40B8-4C5D-B9E0-E70E51967ED211/5/2020 | 12:19 PM PST
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX C – WSDOT Standard Plans
(January 13, 2021) 1
Standard Plans 2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
31
32
33
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
2
3
POST LENGTH SLOPE W (FT)
8-FOOT 1H : 1V OR FLATTER 2.5 MIN.
8-FOOT 2H : 1V OR FLATTER
0
(FACE OF BARRIER AT
SLOPE BREAK POINT)
9-FOOT 1.5H : 1V OR FLATTER
0
(FACE OF BARRIER AT
SLOPE BREAK POINT)
11-FOOT 1H : 1V OR FLATTER
0
(FACE OF BARRIER AT
SLOPE BREAK POINT)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
28
29
30
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
46
47
48
2
3
4
7
8
9
12
13
14
17
18
19
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
41
42
44
46
47
48
50
51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
16
20
24
27
29
30
31
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
41
42
43
46
47
48
51
1
2
5
6
7
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
27
28
29
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Houser Way Intersection and Pedestrian Improvements Project
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX D – Vehicular Bollard Plans
SHEET 1 of 4
SHEET 2 of 4
SHEET 3 of 4
SHEET 4 of 4